texlive[61171] Master: hep-paper (27nov21)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Sat Nov 27 22:24:29 CET 2021
Revision: 61171
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=61171
Author: karl
Date: 2021-11-27 22:24:29 +0100 (Sat, 27 Nov 2021)
Log Message:
-----------
hep-paper (27nov21)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/bibliography.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.sty
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README-hep-paper.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-amsart.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-beamer.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jcap.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jhep.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-pos.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-revtex.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-springer.tex
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-acronyms.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-bibliography.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-floats.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-font.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-math.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.dbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-title.sty
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README-hep-paper.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README-hep-paper.md (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README-hep-paper.md 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+# The `hep-paper` package
+
+A `LaTeX` package for publications in High Energy Physics.
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-paper` package aims to provide a single style file containing most configurations and macros necessary to write appealing publications in High Energy Physics.
+Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros `hep-paper` preferably loads third party packages as long as they are lightweight enough.
+
+For usual publications it is enough to load additionally to the `article` class without optional arguments only the `hep-paper` package.
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{hep-paper}
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README-hep-paper.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README.md 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/README.md 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+
# The `hep-paper` package
A `LaTeX` package for publications in High Energy Physics.
@@ -12,14 +13,6 @@
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{hep-paper}
-## Installation
-
-Running `pdflatex hep-paper.ins` will generate the main style file `hep-paper.sty` together with the necessary datamodel file `hep-paper.dbx`.
-These two files must be moved into a folder the `tex` installation is aware of, e.g. the folder containing the document that should use the `hep-paper` package.
-Additionally the documentation file `hep-paper-documentation.tex` will be generated.
-Subsequently running `pdflatex hep-paper-documentation.tex` will generate the documentation `hep-paper-documentation.pdf`.
-Finally running `pdflatex hep-paper-implementation.dtx` will generate the complete documentation of the implementation `hep-paper-implementation.pdf`
-
## Author
Jan Hajer
@@ -28,3 +21,4 @@
This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/bibliography.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/bibliography.bib 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/bibliography.bib 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -15,6 +15,86 @@
eprint = "hep-paper",
}
+ at article{hep-acronym,
+title = "The |hep-acronym| package",
+subtitle = "An acronym extension for glossaries",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-acronyms",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+ at article{hep-bibliography,
+title = "The |hep-bibliography| package",
+subtitle = "Bibliographies for high energy physics",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-bibliography",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+ at article{hep-float,
+title = "The |hep-float| package",
+subtitle = "Convenience package for float placement",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-float",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+ at article{hep-font,
+title = "The |hep-font| package",
+subtitle = "Latin modern extended by computer modern",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+ at article{hep-math-font,
+title = "The |hep-math-font| package",
+subtitle = "Extended Greek and sans serif math",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math-font",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+ at article{hep-math,
+title = "The |hep-math| package",
+subtitle = "Extended math macros",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-math",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+ at article{hep-text,
+title = "The |hep-text| package",
+subtitle = "List and text extensions",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-text",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
+ at article{hep-title,
+title = "The |hep-title| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions for the title page",
+author = "Jan Hajer",
+year = "2021",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hep-title",
+related = "hep-paper-1",
+}
+
@article{kvoptions,
title = "The |kvoptions| package",
subtitle = "Key value format for package options",
@@ -130,6 +210,16 @@
eprint = "amsmath",
}
+ at article{amstext,
+title = "The |amstext| package",
+subtitle = "Typeset text fragments in mathematics",
+collaboration = "\hologo{LaTeX} Team",
+date = "1995",
+url = "https://ams.org/tex/amslatex",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "amstext",
+}
+
@article{amsfonts,
title = "The |amsfonts| package",
subtitle = "\hologo{TeX} fonts from the American Mathematical Society",
@@ -887,7 +977,7 @@
@article{cm,
title = "Computer Modern fonts",
-collaboration = "Donald E. Knuth",
+author = "Donald E. Knuth",
date = "1986",
eprinttype = "ctan",
eprint = "cm",
@@ -896,7 +986,7 @@
@article{subdepth,
title = "The |subdepth| package",
subtitle = "Unify maths subscript height",
-collaboration = "Will Robertson",
+author = "Will Robertson",
date = "2007",
eprinttype = "ctan",
eprint = "subdepth",
@@ -905,9 +995,61 @@
@article{xpatch,
title = "The |xpatch| package",
subtitle = "Extending etoolbox patching commands",
-collaboration = "Enrico Gregorio",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
date = "2012",
eprinttype = "ctan",
eprint = "xpatch",
}
+ at article{hfoldsty,
+title = "The |hfoldsty| package",
+subtitle = "Old style numerals with EC fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2004",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "hfoldsty",
+}
+
+ at article{slantsc,
+title = "The |slantsc| package",
+subtitle = "Access different-shaped small-caps fonts",
+author = "Harald Harders",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "slantsc",
+}
+
+ at article{nfssext-cfr,
+title = "The |nfssext-cfr| package",
+subtitle = "Extensions to the \hologo{LaTeX} NFSS",
+author = "Clea F. Rees and Philipp Lehman",
+date = "2003",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "nfssext-cfr",
+}
+
+ at article{xstring,
+title = "The |xstring| package",
+subtitle = "String manipulation for \hologo{LaTeX}",
+author = "Christian Tellechea",
+date = "2008",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "xstring",
+}
+
+ at article{gregorio:2020,
+title = "\hologo{TeX}, \hologo{LaTeX} and math",
+author = "Enrico Gregorio",
+date = "2020",
+url = "https://latex-project.org/publications/2020-egreg-TUB-tb127gregorio-math.pdf",
+}
+
+ at article{soulutf8,
+title = "The |soulutf8| package",
+subtitle = "Permit use of UTF-8 characters in |soul|",
+author = "Heiko Oberdiek",
+date = "2007",
+eprinttype = "ctan",
+eprint = "soulutf8",
+}
+
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.tex 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-documentation.tex 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -14,53 +14,33 @@
%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-\ProvidesFile{hep-paper-documentation.tex}[2021/08/01 v1.8 HEP-Paper documentation]
-
+\ProvidesFile{hep-paper-documentation.tex}[2021/09/01 v2.0 HEP-Paper documentation]
\RequirePackage[l2tabu, orthodox]{nag}
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}}
\AtBeginDocument{\MakeShortVerb{\"}}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
\EnableCrossrefs
\CodelineIndex
\RecordChanges
-\MacroIndent=1.5em
+\usepackage[parskip]{hep-paper}
-\usepackage[parskip, oldstyle]{hep-paper}
-
\bibliography{bibliography}
\acronym{PDF}{portable document format}
-\acronym{URL}{uniform resource locator}
-\acronym{CM}{computer modern}
\acronym{LM}{latin modern}
\usepackage{hologo}
-\usepackage{fonttable}
-\newenvironment{columns}[1][.5]{%
- \par\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{#1\linewidth}%
- \newcommand{\column}{%
- \end{minipage}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth-#1\linewidth}%
- }%
-}{\end{minipage}\end{minipage}\par}
-
-\setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}
+\MacroIndent=1.5em
\AtBeginEnvironment{macrocode}{\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{clmt}}
\GetFileInfo{hep-paper.sty}
-\title{The \textsmaller[1.5]{HEP\raisebox{.25ex}{--}PAPER} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-paper}~\fileversion.}}
+\title{The \software{hep-paper} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-paper}~\fileversion.}}
\subtitle{Publications in high energy physics}
\author{Jan Hajer \email{jan.hajer at unibas.ch}}
-\affiliation{Department of Physics, University of Basel, Klingelbergstraße 82, 4056 Basel, Switzerland}
-\preprint{Preprint-Number}
\date{\filedate}
\begin{document}
@@ -69,7 +49,7 @@
\begin{abstract}
The \software{hep-paper} package aims to provide a single style file containing most configurations and macros necessary to write appealing publications in High Energy Physics.
-Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros \software{hep-paper} preferably loads third party packages as long as they are lightweight enough.
+Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros \software{hep-paper} preferably loads third party packages.
\end{abstract}
\tableofcontents\clearpage
@@ -86,12 +66,8 @@
The most notable changes after loading the \software{hep-paper} package is the change of some \hologo{LaTeX} defaults.
The paper and font sizes are set to A4 and \unit[11]{pt}, respectively.
Additionally, the paper geometry is adjusted using the \software{geometry} package \cite{geometry}.
-Furthermore, the font is changed to \LM using the \software{cfr-lm} package \cite{cfr-lm} with \software{microtype} \cite{microtype} optimizations.
+Furthermore, the font is changed to \LM using the \software{hep-font} package \cite{hep-font}.
Finally, \PDF hyperlinks are implemented with the \software{hyperref} package \cite{hyperref}.
-\DescribeMacro{hep-title}
-\DescribeMacro{hep-bibliography}
-\DescribeMacro{hep-acronyms}
-If only subset of the functionality is needed one of the smaller style files \software{hep-title}, \software{hep-acronyms}, and \software{hep-bibliography} containing only the macros relevant to \cref{sec:title,sec:bibliography,sec:acronyms}, respectively.
\subsection{Options}
@@ -112,7 +88,7 @@
The default is \unit[11]{pt}.
\DescribeMacro{lang}
-The "lang"=\meta{name} option switches the document language to one of the values provided by the \software{babel} package \cite{babel}.
+The "lang"=\meta{name} option switches the document language.
The default is "british".
\DescribeMacro{sansserif}
@@ -127,10 +103,7 @@
\footnote{Although the "parskip" option is used for this document, it is recommended only for very few document types such as technical manuals or answers to referees.}
\DescribeMacro{symbols}
-The "symbols"=\meta{family} set the family of the symbol fonts.
-"symbols=ams" loads the two \hologo{AmS} fonts \cite{amsfonts} and the \software{bm} bold fonts.
-The default "symbols=true" replaces additionally the blackboard font with the \software{dsfont} \cite{dsfont}.
-"symbols=minion" switches the symbol fonts to the Adobe MinionPro companion font from the \software{MnSymbol} package \cite{MnSymbol}.
+The "symbols"=\meta{family} is passed to the \software{hep-math-font} package \cite{hep-math-font} and sets the family of the symbol fonts.
"symbols=false" deactivates loading any additional symbol fonts.
\subsubsection{Deactivation}
@@ -145,11 +118,10 @@
The "title=false" option deactivates the title page adjustments.
\DescribeMacro{bibliography}
-The "bibliography"=\meta{key} option prevents the automatic loading of the \software{biblatex} package \cite{biblatex} if \meta{key}="false".
-Otherwise the \meta{key} is passed as "style" string to the \software{biblatex} package.
+The "bibliography"=\meta{key} option prevents the automatic loading of the \software{hep-bibliography} package \cite{hep-bibliography} if \meta{key}="false".
\DescribeMacro{glossaries}
-The "glossaries=false" option deactives acronyms and the use of the \software{glossaries} package \cite{glossaries}.
+The "glossaries=false" option deactivates acronyms and the use of the \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym}.
\DescribeMacro{references}
The "references=false" option prevents the \software{cleveref} package \cite{cleveref} from being loaded and deactivates further redefinitions of reference macros.
@@ -198,7 +170,7 @@
\subsection{Title page} \label{sec:title}
\DescribeMacro{\series}
-The "\series"\marg{series} macro is defined using the \software{titling} package \cite{titling}.
+The "\series"\marg{series} macro is defined using the \software{hep-title} package \cite{hep-title}.
\DescribeMacro{\title}
The \PDF meta information is set according to the "\title"\marg{text} and "\author"\marg{text} information.
@@ -210,7 +182,6 @@
\DescribeMacro{\author}
\DescribeMacro{\affiliation}
\DescribeMacro{\email}
-In order to facilitate multiple authors with different affiliations the \software{authblk} package \cite{authblk} is loaded.
The following lines add \eg two authors with different affiliations
\begin{verbatim}
\author[1]{Author one \email{email one}}
@@ -234,67 +205,16 @@
\subsection{Text}
-Hyphenation is provided by the \software{babel} package \cite{babel} and quotation commands are provided by the \software{csquotes} package \cite{csquotes}.
-\DescribeMacro{\enquote}
-\DescribeMacro{\MakeOuterQuote}
-The latter package provides the convenient macros "\enquote"\marg{text} and "\MakeOuterQuote{}" allowing to leave the choice of quotation marks to \hologo{LaTeX} and use \dots instead of the pair \dots and \dots, respectively.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\eg}
-\DescribeMacro{\vs}
-The \software{foreign} package \cite{foreign} defines macros such as "\eg", "\ie", "\cf", and "\vs" which are typeset as \eg, \ie, \cf, and \vs.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\no}
-The "\no"\marg{number} macro is typeset as \no{123}.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\software}
-The "\software"\oarg{version}\marg{name} macro is typeset as \software[\fileversion]{HEP-Paper}.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\online}
-The "\online"\marg{url}\marg{text} macro combines the features of the "\href"\marg{url}\allowbreak\marg{text}\allowbreak \cite{hyperref} and the "\url"\marg{text} \cite{url} macros, resulting in \eg \online{https://ctan.org/pkg/hep-paper}{ctan.org/pkg/hep-paper}.
-
\DescribeMacro{inlinelist}
\DescribeMacro{enumdescript}
-The "inlinelist" and "enumdescript" environments are defined using the \software{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-The three main points are
-\begin{inlinelist}
- \item one
- \item two
- \item three
-\end{inlinelist}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-The three main points are
-\begin{inlinelist}
- \item one
- \item two
- \item three
-\end{inlinelist}
-\end{columns}
-\vspace{4ex}
-\begin{columns}[.6]
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{enumdescript}[label=\Roman*)]
- \item{First} one
- \item{Second} two
- \item{Third} three
-\end{enumdescript}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{enumdescript}[label=\Roman*)]
- \item{First} one
- \item{Second} two
- \item{Third} three
-\end{enumdescript}
-\end{columns}
+The "inlinelist" and "enumdescript" environments are defined.
\DescribeMacro{\textsc}
-A bold versions \textbf{\textsc{Small Caps}} and a sans serif version of \textsf{\textsc{Small Caps}} based on the \CM font \cite{cm} is provided, the latter using the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}.
+A bold versions \textbf{\textsc{Small Caps}} and a sans serif version of \textsf{\textsc{Small Caps}} is provided.
\DescribeMacro{\underline}
\DescribeMacro{\overline}
-The "\underline" macro is redefined to allow line-breaks using the \software{ulem} package \cite{ulem}.
+The "\underline" macro is redefined to allow line-breaks.
The "\overline" macro is extended to also \overline{overline} text outside of math environments.
\DescribeMacro{\useparskip}
@@ -320,10 +240,11 @@
\subsubsection{Acronyms} \label{sec:acronyms}
+The \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym} is loaded.
\DescribeMacro{\acronym}
\DescribeMacro{\shortacronym}
\DescribeMacro{\longacronym}
-The "\acronym"\meta{*}\oarg{typeset abbreviation}\marg{abbreviation}\meta{*}\marg{definition}\oarg{plural\linebreak[4]definition} macro generates the singular "\"\meta{abbreviation} and plural "\"\meta{abbreviation}"s" macros.
+The "\acronym"\meta{*}\oarg{typeset abbreviation} \marg{abbreviation}\meta{*}\marg{definition}\oarg{plural definition} macro generates the singular "\"\meta{abbreviation} and plural "\"\meta{abbreviation}"s" macros.
The first star prevents the addition of an \enquote{s} to the abbreviation plural.
The second star restores the \hologo{TeX} default of swallowing subsequent white space.
The long form is only shown at the first appearance of these macros, later appearances generate the abbreviation with a hyperlink to the long form.
@@ -330,18 +251,12 @@
The long form is never used in math mode.
Capitalization at the beginning of paragraphs and sentences is (mostly) ensured.
The "\shortacronym" and "\longacronym" macros are drop-in replacements of the "\acronym" macro showing only the short or long form of their acronym.
-\DescribeMacro{\resetacronym}
-\DescribeMacro{\dummyacronym}
-The first use form of the acronym can be enforced by resetting the acronym counter with "\resetacronym"\marg{key}.
-If the acronym counter equals one at the end of the document the short form of the acronym is not introduced.
-Placing a "\dummyacronym"\marg{key} at the end of the document ensures that the short form is introduced.
\subsection{Math}
-The \software{mathtools} \cite{mathtools} and \software{amssymb} \cite{amsfonts} packages are loaded.
-They in turn load the \hologo{AmSLaTeX} \software{amsmath} \cite{amsmath} and \software{amsfonts} \cite{amsfonts} packages.
+The \software{hep-math} \cite{hep-math} and \software{hep-math-font} \cite{hep-math-font} packages are loaded.
\DescribeMacro{\mathbf}
-Bold math, via "\mathbf" is improved by the \software{bm} package \cite{bm}, \ie ($ A b \Gamma \delta \mathbf A \mathbf b \mathbf \Gamma \mathbf \delta$).
+Bold math, via "\mathbf" is improved, \ie ($ A b \Gamma \delta \mathbf A \mathbf b \mathbf \Gamma \mathbf \delta$).
Macros switching to "bfseries" such as "\section"\marg{text} are ensured to also typeset math in bold.
\DescribeMacro{\text}
The "\text"\marg{text} macro makes it possible to write text within math mode, \ie ($ \text A \text b \text \Gamma \text \delta \text{\textbf A} \text{\textbf b} \text{\textbf \Gamma} \text{\textbf \delta}$).
@@ -350,10 +265,9 @@
\DescribeMacro{\mathscr}
The "\mathcal" font \ie ($\mathcal{ABCD}$) is accompanied by the "\mathscr" font \ie ($\mathscr{ABCD}$).
\DescribeMacro{\mathbb}
-The "\mathbb" font is improved by the \software{doublestroke} package \cite{dsfont} and adjusted depending on the "sansserif" option \ie ($\mathbb{Ah1}$).
+The "\mathbb" font is adjusted depending on the "sansserif" option \ie ($\mathbb{Ah1}$).
\DescribeMacro{\mathfrak}
Finally, the "\mathfrak" font is also available \ie ($\mathfrak{AaBb12}$).
-Details about the font handling in \hologo{TeX} can be found in \ccite{fntguide}.
\DescribeMacro{\nicefrac}
\DescribeMacro{\flatfrac}
@@ -374,143 +288,13 @@
For longer paper it can be useful to re-number the equation in accordance with the section numbering "\numberwithin{equation}{section}".
\DescribeMacro{subequations}
In order to further reduce the size the of equation counter it can be useful to wrap "align" environments with multiple rows in a "subequations" environment.
-Both macros are provided by the \software{amsmath} package.
-\DescribeMacro{eqnarray}
-The depreciated "eqnarray" environment is undefined as long this behaviour is not prevented by the "eqnarray" package option.
-The "split", "multline", "align", "multlined", "aligned", "alignedat", and "cases" environments of the \software{amsmath} and \software{mathtools} packages should be used instead.
-
-\DescribeMacro{equation}
-Use the "equation" environment for short equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation}
- left = right \ .
-\end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} = \framebox[7em]{right\strut} \ .
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{multline}
-Use the "multline" environment for longer equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{multline}
- left = right 1 \\
- + right 2 \ .
-\end{multline}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{multline}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} = \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\
-\framebox[7em]{+ right 2\strut} \ .
-\end{multline}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{split}
-Use the "split" sub environment for equations in which multiple equal signs should be aligned.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation} \begin{split}
- left &= right 1 \\
- &= right 2 \ .
-\end{split} \end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\begin{split}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\
-&= \framebox[7em]{right 2\strut} \ .
-\end{split}
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{align}
-Use the "align" environment for the vertical alignment and horizontal distribution of multiple equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{subequations} \begin{align}
- left &= right \ , &
- left &= right \ , \\
- left &= right \ , &
- left &= right \ .
-\end{align} \end{subequations}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{align}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , &
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , \\
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , &
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ .
-\end{align}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{aligned}
-Use the "aligned" environment within a "equation" environment if the aligned equations should be labeled with a single equation number.
-
-\DescribeMacro{multlined}
-Use the "multlined" environment if either "split" or "align" contain very long lines.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation} \begin{split}
- left &= right 1 \\ &=
- \begin{multlined}[t]
- right 2 \\ + right 3 \ .
- \end{multlined}
-\end{split} \end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\begin{split}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\ &=
- \begin{multlined}[t]
- \framebox[7em]{right 2\strut} \\
- \framebox[7em]{+ right 3\strut} \ .
-\end{multlined}
-\end{split}
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{alignat}
-Use the "alignat" environment together with the "\mathllap" macro for the alignment of multiple equations with vastly different lengths.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{alignat}{2}
- left &= long right && \ , \\
- le. 2 &= ri. 2 \ , &
- \mathllap{le. 3 = ri. 3} & \ .
-\end{alignat}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{alignat}{2}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &=
-\framebox[11em]{long right\strut} && \ , \\
-\framebox[2em]{le.\ 2\strut}
-&= \framebox[2.5em]{ri.\ 2\strut} \ , &
-\mathllap{\framebox[2em]{le.\ 3\strut}
-= \framebox[2.5em]{ri.\ 3\strut}} & \ .
-\end{alignat}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{columns}
-
-As a rule of thumb if you have to use "\notag", "\nonumber", or perform manual spacing via "\quad" you are probably using the wrong environment.
-
-\subsubsection{Physics}
-
\DescribeMacro{\unit}
\DescribeMacro{\inv}
-The correct spacing for units, \cf \cref{eq:greek}, is provided by the macro "\unit"\oarg{value} \marg{unit} from the \software{units} package \cite{units} which can also be used in text mode.
+The correct spacing for units, \cf \cref{eq:greek}, is provided by the macro "\unit"\oarg{value} \marg{unit} which can also be used in text mode.
The macro "\inv"\oarg{power}\marg{text} allows to avoid math mode also for inverse units such as \unit[5]{\inv{fb}} typeset via "\unit[5]{\inv{fb}}".
-Greek letters are adjusted to always be italic and upright in math and text mode, respectively, using the \software{fixmath} \cite{fixmath} and \software{alphabeta} \cite{alphabeta} packages.
+Greek letters are adjusted to always be italic and upright in math and text mode, respectively, using the \software{hep-math-font} \cite{hep-math-font} package.
This allows differentiations like
\begin{align} \label{eq:greek}
\sigma &= \unit[5]{fb} \ , & &\mbox{at \unit[5]{\sigma} C.L.} \ , & \mu &= \unit[5]{cm} \ , & l &= \unit[5]{\mu m} \ .
@@ -521,10 +305,10 @@
\DescribeMacro{\pdv}
\DescribeMacro{\comm}
\DescribeMacro{\order}
-The \software{physics} package \cite{physics} provides additional macros such as
+The \software{hep-math} package \cite{hep-math} provides additional macros such as
\begin{align}
&\ev{\phi} \ ,
-&&\pdv[n]{x}[f] \ ,
+&&\pdv[f]{x}[y]^2 \ ,
&&\comm{A}{B} \ ,
&&\order{x^2} \ ,
&&\eval{x}_0^\infty \ ,
@@ -533,7 +317,7 @@
\DescribeMacro{\cancel}
\DescribeMacro{\slashed}
-The "\cancel"\marg{characters} macro from the \software{cancel} package \cite{cancel} and the "\slashed" \marg{character} macro from the \software{slashed} package \cite{slashed} allow to $\cancel{\text{cancel}}$ math and use the Dirac slash notation \ie $\slashed \partial$, respectively.
+The "\cancel"\marg{characters} macro and the "\slashed" \marg{character} macro allow to $\cancel{\text{cancel}}$ math and use the Dirac slash notation \ie $\slashed \partial$, respectively.
\DescribeMacro{\overleftright}
A better looking over left right arrow is defined \ie $\overleftright{\partial}$.
@@ -542,63 +326,18 @@
\DescribeEnv{figure}
\DescribeEnv{table}
-Automatic float placement is adjusted to place a single float at the top of pages and to reduce the number of float pages, using the \hologo{LaTeX} macros.
-
-"\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0}" \hfill no floats at the bottom of a page (default 1) \\
-"\setcounter{topnumber}{1}" \hfill a single float at the top of a page (default 2) \\
-"\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1}" \hfill same for full widths floats in two-column mode \\
-"\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1}" \hfill large floats are allowed (default 0.2)\\
-"\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9}" \hfill (default 0.7) \\
-"\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9}" \hfill (default 0.7) \\
-"\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8}" \hfill float pages must be full (default 0.5)
-
-Additionally, manual float placement is deactivated but can be reactivated using the "manualplacement" package option.
-It is however recommended to archive the desired design by adjusting above macros.
+Automatic float placement is adjusted to place a single float at the top of pages and to reduce the number of float pages, using the \software{hep-float} package \cite{hep-float}.
The most useful float placement is usually archived by placing the float \emph{in front} of the paragraph it is referenced in first.
-\DescribeMacro{\raggedright}
-The float environments have been adjusted to center their content.
-The usual behaviour can be reactivated using "\raggedright".
-\begin{table}
-\begin{panels}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{panels}{2}
- code
-\panel
- \begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}
-\end{panels}
-\end{verbatim}
-\caption{Code for this panel environment.}
-\label{tab:panels}
-\panel
-\begin{tabular}{cccc}
-\toprule
-\multicolumn{2}{c}{one}& \multicolumn{2}{c}{two} \\ \cmidrule(r){1-2} \cmidrule(l){3-4}
-\multirow{2}{*}{a} & b & c & d \\
- & b & c & d \\
-\bottomrule
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{The \protecting{"booktabs"} and \protecting{"multirow"} features.}
-\label{tab:booktabs}
-\end{panels}
-\caption{Example use of the \protecting{"panels"} environment in Panel \subref{tab:panels} and the features from the \software{booktabs} and \software{multirow} packages in Panel \subref{tab:booktabs}.
-} \label{tab:table}
-\end{table}
-
\DescribeEnv{panels}
\DescribeMacro{\panel}
-The "panels" environment makes use of the \software{subcaption} package \cite{subcaption}.
-It provides sub-floats and takes as mandatory argument either the number of sub-floats (default~2) or the width of the first sub-float as fraction of the "\linewidth".
+The "panels" environment provides sub-floats and takes as mandatory argument either the number of sub-floats (default~2) or the width of the first sub-float as fraction of the "\linewidth".
Within the "\begin{panels}"\oarg{vertical alignment}\marg{width} environment the "\panel" macro initiates a new sub-float.
In the case that the width of the first sub-float has been given as an optional argument to the "panels" environment the "\panel"\marg{width} macro takes the width of the next sub-float as mandatory argument.
-The example code is presented in \cref{tab:panels}.
-\DescribeEnv{tabular}
-The \software{booktabs} \cite{booktabs} and \software{multirow} \cite{multirow} packages are loaded enabling publication quality tabulars such as in \cref{tab:booktabs}.
-
\DescribeMacro{\graphic}
\DescribeMacro{\graphics}
-The \software{graphicx} package \cite{graphicx} is loaded and the "\graphic"\oarg{width}\marg{figure} macro is defined, which is a wrapper for the "\includegraphics"\marg{figure} macro and takes the figure width as fraction of the "\linewidth" as optional argument (default~1).
+The "\graphic"\oarg{width}\marg{figure} macro is defined, which is a wrapper for the "\includegraphics"\marg{figure} macro and takes the figure width as fraction of the "\linewidth" as optional argument (default~1).
If the graphics are located in a sub-folder its path can be indicated by "\graphics"\marg{subfolder}.
\subsection{Bibliography} \label{sec:bibliography}
@@ -608,7 +347,7 @@
The \software{biblatex} package \cite{biblatex} is loaded for bibliography management.
The user has to add the line "\bibliography"\marg{my.bib} to the preamble of the document and "\printbibliography" at the end of the document.
The bibliography is generated by \software{Biber} \cite{biber}.
-"biblatex" is extended to be able to cope with the "collaboration" and "reportNumber" fields provided by \online{https://inspirehep.net}{inspirehep.net} and a bug in the volume number is fixed.
+\software{biblatex} is extended by the \software{hep-bibliography} package \cite{hep-bibliography} to be able to cope with the "collaboration" and "reportNumber" fields provided by \online{https://inspirehep.net}{inspirehep.net} and a bug in the volume number is fixed.
Additionally, the PubMed IDs are recognized and \online{https://ctan.org}{ctan.org}, \online{https://github.com}{github.com}, \online{https://gitlab.com}{gitlab.com}, \online{https://bitbucket.org}{bitbucket.org}, \online{https://www.launchpad.net}{launchpad.net}, \online{https://sourceforge.net}{sourceforge.net}, and \online{https://hepforge.org}{hepforge.org} are valid "eprinttype"s.
\DescribeMacro{erratum}
Errata can be included using the "related" feature.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-amsart.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-amsart.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-amsart.tex 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `hep-paper-test-amsart.tex',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `testAMSArt')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\documentclass{amsart}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{title}
+
+\author{Author}
+\address{Address 1}
+\email{first at email.com}
+\author{Author 2}
+\email{second at email.com}
+\address{Address 2}
+
+\date{date}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `hep-paper-test-amsart.tex'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-amsart.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-beamer.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-beamer.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-beamer.tex 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `hep-paper-test-beamer.tex',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `testBeamer')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\documentclass{beamer}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{Title}
+\subtitle{Subtitle}
+\author{Author}
+\institute{Institute}
+\date{Event}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\frame{\titlepage}
+
+\begin{frame}{Frame title}
+\blindtext
+\end{frame}
+
+\end{document}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `hep-paper-test-beamer.tex'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-beamer.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jcap.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jcap.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jcap.tex 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `hep-paper-test-jcap.tex',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `testJCAP')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt]{article}
+
+\usepackage{jcappub}
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\emailAdd{first at email.com}
+\author[a]{First author}
+\emailAdd{second at email.com}
+\author[b]{Second author}
+\affiliation[a]{First affiliation}
+\affiliation[b]{Second affiliation}
+
+\abstract{\blindtext}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `hep-paper-test-jcap.tex'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jcap.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jhep.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jhep.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jhep.tex 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `hep-paper-test-jhep.tex',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `testJHEP')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt]{article}
+
+\usepackage{jheppub}
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\emailAdd{first at email.com}
+\author[a]{First author}
+\emailAdd{second at email.com}
+\author[b]{Second author}
+\affiliation[a]{First affiliation}
+\affiliation[b]{Second affiliation}
+
+\abstract{\blindtext}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `hep-paper-test-jhep.tex'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-jhep.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-pos.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-pos.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-pos.tex 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `hep-paper-test-pos.tex',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `testPoS')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\documentclass{PoS}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english,title=false]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\author{First author \thanks{first at email.com}}
+\author{
+\speaker{Second author is speaker}\\
+First affiliation\\
+E-mail: \email{second at email.com}
+}
+\author{Third author \thanks{\email{third at email.com}}\\Second affiliation}
+\author{Fourth author\\Third affiliation}
+\FullConference{Full conference}
+\ShortTitle{Short title}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `hep-paper-test-pos.tex'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-pos.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-revtex.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-revtex.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-revtex.tex 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `hep-paper-test-revtex.tex',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `testRevTeX')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\documentclass[
+ aps,
+ prl,
+ reprint,
+ nofootinbib,
+ nobibnotes,
+ superscriptaddress,
+ preprintnumbers,
+]{revtex4-2}
+
+\usepackage{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\author{First author}
+\email[E-mail me at: ]{first at email.com}
+\affiliation{First affiliation}
+\author{Second author}
+\email{second at email.com}
+\affiliation{Second affiliation}
+\affiliation{Third affiliation}
+\author{Third author}
+\affiliation{Fourth affiliation}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `hep-paper-test-revtex.tex'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-revtex.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-springer.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-springer.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-springer.tex 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `hep-paper-test-springer.tex',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `testSpringer')
+%% This is a generated file.
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+\documentclass[twocolumn,epjc3]{svjour3}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\journalname{Journal name}
+
+\title{Title\thanksref{title}}
+
+\titlerunning{Short title}
+
+\subtitle{Subtitle}
+
+\thankstext{title}{Title thanks}
+
+\authorrunning{Short form of author list}
+
+\thankstext{email1}{e-mail: first at email.com}
+\thankstext{email2}{e-mail: second at email.com}
+
+\institute{
+ First address \label{address1} \and
+ Second address \label{address2} \and
+ \emph{Present Address:} if needed\label{address3}
+}
+
+\date{Received: date / Accepted: date}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\author{
+ First Author\thanksref{email1,address1} \and
+ Second Author\thanksref{email2,address2,address3}
+}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `hep-paper-test-springer.tex'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-test-springer.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper-implementation.dtx 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -16,55 +16,32 @@
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
-
-%<package|title|font|math|bibliography|acronyms>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
-%<package>\ProvidesPackage{hep-paper}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<title>\ProvidesPackage{hep-title}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Title macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<font>\ProvidesPackage{hep-font}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Font adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<math>\ProvidesPackage{hep-math}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Font adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<floats>\ProvidesPackage{hep-floats}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Float adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<bibliography>\ProvidesPackage{hep-bibliography}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Bibliography macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<acronyms>\ProvidesPackage{hep-acronyms}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Acronym macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-%<datamodel>\ProvidesFile{hep-paper.dbx}[2021/08/01 v1.8 HEP-Paper biblatex data model]
-%<documentation>\ProvidesFile{hep-paper-documentation.tex}[2021/08/01 v1.8 HEP-Paper documentation]
%
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{hep-paper}[2021/09/01 v2.0 Publications in High Energy Physics]
+%<documentation>\ProvidesFile{hep-paper-documentation.tex}[2021/09/01 v2.0 HEP-Paper documentation]
+%
%<*documentation>
-
+%
\RequirePackage[l2tabu, orthodox]{nag}
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}}
\AtBeginDocument{\MakeShortVerb{\"}}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
\EnableCrossrefs
\CodelineIndex
\RecordChanges
-\MacroIndent=1.5em
+\usepackage[parskip]{hep-paper}
-\usepackage[parskip, oldstyle]{hep-paper}
-
\bibliography{bibliography}
\acronym{PDF}{portable document format}
-\acronym{URL}{uniform resource locator}
-\acronym{CM}{computer modern}
\acronym{LM}{latin modern}
\usepackage{hologo}
-\usepackage{fonttable}
-\newenvironment{columns}[1][.5]{%
- \par\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{#1\linewidth}%
- \newcommand{\column}{%
- \end{minipage}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth-#1\linewidth}%
- }%
-}{\end{minipage}\end{minipage}\par}
-
-\setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}
+\MacroIndent=1.5em
\AtBeginEnvironment{macrocode}{\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{clmt}}
%</documentation>
@@ -78,7 +55,7 @@
%
% \fi
%
-% \CheckSum{0}
+% \CheckSum{609}
%
% \CharacterTable
% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -105,6 +82,7 @@
% \changes{v1.6}{2020/12/01}{Implementation of the twocolumn mode.}
% \changes{v1.7}{2021/06/01}{Introduction of dedicated style file for the title, acronyms and bibliography macros. Extension of the title macros.}
% \changes{v1.8}{2021/08/01}{Expand thanks to allow for reference label and fine tune the title page. Reimplement the must relevant macros from the physics package. Make mathrm produce upright Greek.}
+% \changes{v2.0}{2021/09/01}{Move independent logic into dedicated packages.}
%
% \ifshort
%<*documentation>
@@ -112,11 +90,9 @@
%
\GetFileInfo{hep-paper.sty}
-\title{The \textsmaller[1.5]{HEP\raisebox{.25ex}{--}PAPER} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-paper}~\fileversion.}}
+\title{The \software{hep-paper} package\thanks{This document corresponds to \software{hep-paper}~\fileversion.}}
\subtitle{Publications in high energy physics}
\author{Jan Hajer \email{jan.hajer at unibas.ch}}
-\affiliation{Department of Physics, University of Basel, Klingelbergstraße 82, 4056 Basel, Switzerland}
-\preprint{Preprint-Number}
\date{\filedate}
% \ifshort
@@ -127,7 +103,7 @@
\begin{abstract}
The \software{hep-paper} package aims to provide a single style file containing most configurations and macros necessary to write appealing publications in High Energy Physics.
-Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros \software{hep-paper} preferably loads third party packages as long as they are lightweight enough.
+Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros \software{hep-paper} preferably loads third party packages.
\end{abstract}
\tableofcontents\clearpage
@@ -144,12 +120,8 @@
The most notable changes after loading the \software{hep-paper} package is the change of some \hologo{LaTeX} defaults.
The paper and font sizes are set to A4 and \unit[11]{pt}, respectively.
Additionally, the paper geometry is adjusted using the \software{geometry} package \cite{geometry}.
-Furthermore, the font is changed to \LM using the \software{cfr-lm} package \cite{cfr-lm} with \software{microtype} \cite{microtype} optimizations.
+Furthermore, the font is changed to \LM using the \software{hep-font} package \cite{hep-font}.
Finally, \PDF hyperlinks are implemented with the \software{hyperref} package \cite{hyperref}.
-\DescribeMacro{hep-title}
-\DescribeMacro{hep-bibliography}
-\DescribeMacro{hep-acronyms}
-If only subset of the functionality is needed one of the smaller style files \software{hep-title}, \software{hep-acronyms}, and \software{hep-bibliography} containing only the macros relevant to \cref{sec:title,sec:bibliography,sec:acronyms}, respectively.
\subsection{Options}
@@ -170,7 +142,7 @@
The default is \unit[11]{pt}.
\DescribeMacro{lang}
-The "lang"=\meta{name} option switches the document language to one of the values provided by the \software{babel} package \cite{babel}.
+The "lang"=\meta{name} option switches the document language.
The default is "british".
\DescribeMacro{sansserif}
@@ -185,10 +157,7 @@
\footnote{Although the "parskip" option is used for this document, it is recommended only for very few document types such as technical manuals or answers to referees.}
\DescribeMacro{symbols}
-The "symbols"=\meta{family} set the family of the symbol fonts.
-"symbols=ams" loads the two \hologo{AmS} fonts \cite{amsfonts} and the \software{bm} bold fonts.
-The default "symbols=true" replaces additionally the blackboard font with the \software{dsfont} \cite{dsfont}.
-"symbols=minion" switches the symbol fonts to the Adobe MinionPro companion font from the \software{MnSymbol} package \cite{MnSymbol}.
+The "symbols"=\meta{family} is passed to the \software{hep-math-font} package \cite{hep-math-font} and sets the family of the symbol fonts.
"symbols=false" deactivates loading any additional symbol fonts.
\subsubsection{Deactivation}
@@ -203,11 +172,10 @@
The "title=false" option deactivates the title page adjustments.
\DescribeMacro{bibliography}
-The "bibliography"=\meta{key} option prevents the automatic loading of the \software{biblatex} package \cite{biblatex} if \meta{key}="false".
-Otherwise the \meta{key} is passed as "style" string to the \software{biblatex} package.
+The "bibliography"=\meta{key} option prevents the automatic loading of the \software{hep-bibliography} package \cite{hep-bibliography} if \meta{key}="false".
\DescribeMacro{glossaries}
-The "glossaries=false" option deactives acronyms and the use of the \software{glossaries} package \cite{glossaries}.
+The "glossaries=false" option deactivates acronyms and the use of the \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym}.
\DescribeMacro{references}
The "references=false" option prevents the \software{cleveref} package \cite{cleveref} from being loaded and deactivates further redefinitions of reference macros.
@@ -256,7 +224,7 @@
\subsection{Title page} \label{sec:title}
\DescribeMacro{\series}
-The "\series"\marg{series} macro is defined using the \software{titling} package \cite{titling}.
+The "\series"\marg{series} macro is defined using the \software{hep-title} package \cite{hep-title}.
\DescribeMacro{\title}
The \PDF meta information is set according to the "\title"\marg{text} and "\author"\marg{text} information.
@@ -268,7 +236,6 @@
\DescribeMacro{\author}
\DescribeMacro{\affiliation}
\DescribeMacro{\email}
-In order to facilitate multiple authors with different affiliations the \software{authblk} package \cite{authblk} is loaded.
The following lines add \eg two authors with different affiliations
\begin{verbatim}
\author[1]{Author one \email{email one}}
@@ -292,68 +259,16 @@
\subsection{Text}
-Hyphenation is provided by the \software{babel} package \cite{babel} and quotation commands are provided by the \software{csquotes} package \cite{csquotes}.
-\DescribeMacro{\enquote}
-\DescribeMacro{\MakeOuterQuote}
-The latter package provides the convenient macros "\enquote"\marg{text} and "\MakeOuterQuote{}" allowing to leave the choice of quotation marks to \hologo{LaTeX} and use \dots instead of the pair \dots and \dots, respectively.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\eg}
-\DescribeMacro{\vs}
-The \software{foreign} package \cite{foreign} defines macros such as "\eg", "\ie", "\cf", and "\vs" which are typeset as \eg, \ie, \cf, and \vs.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\no}
-The "\no"\marg{number} macro is typeset as \no{123}.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\software}
-The "\software"\oarg{version}\marg{name} macro is typeset as \software[\fileversion]{HEP-Paper}.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\online}
-The "\online"\marg{url}\marg{text} macro combines the features of the "\href"\marg{url}\allowbreak\marg{text}\allowbreak \cite{hyperref} and the "\url"\marg{text} \cite{url} macros, resulting in \eg \online{https://ctan.org/pkg/hep-paper}{ctan.org/pkg/hep-paper}.
-
-
\DescribeMacro{inlinelist}
\DescribeMacro{enumdescript}
-The "inlinelist" and "enumdescript" environments are defined using the \software{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-The three main points are
-\begin{inlinelist}
- \item one
- \item two
- \item three
-\end{inlinelist}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-The three main points are
-\begin{inlinelist}
- \item one
- \item two
- \item three
-\end{inlinelist}
-\end{columns}
-\vspace{4ex}
-\begin{columns}[.6]
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{enumdescript}[label=\Roman*)]
- \item{First} one
- \item{Second} two
- \item{Third} three
-\end{enumdescript}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{enumdescript}[label=\Roman*)]
- \item{First} one
- \item{Second} two
- \item{Third} three
-\end{enumdescript}
-\end{columns}
+The "inlinelist" and "enumdescript" environments are defined.
\DescribeMacro{\textsc}
-A bold versions \textbf{\textsc{Small Caps}} and a sans serif version of \textsf{\textsc{Small Caps}} based on the \CM font \cite{cm} is provided, the latter using the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}.
+A bold versions \textbf{\textsc{Small Caps}} and a sans serif version of \textsf{\textsc{Small Caps}} is provided.
\DescribeMacro{\underline}
\DescribeMacro{\overline}
-The "\underline" macro is redefined to allow line-breaks using the \software{ulem} package \cite{ulem}.
+The "\underline" macro is redefined to allow line-breaks.
The "\overline" macro is extended to also \overline{overline} text outside of math environments.
\DescribeMacro{\useparskip}
@@ -379,10 +294,11 @@
\subsubsection{Acronyms} \label{sec:acronyms}
+The \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym} is loaded.
\DescribeMacro{\acronym}
\DescribeMacro{\shortacronym}
\DescribeMacro{\longacronym}
-The "\acronym"\meta{*}\oarg{typeset abbreviation}\marg{abbreviation}\meta{*}\marg{definition}\oarg{plural\linebreak[4]definition} macro generates the singular "\"\meta{abbreviation} and plural "\"\meta{abbreviation}"s" macros.
+The "\acronym"\meta{*}\oarg{typeset abbreviation} \marg{abbreviation}\meta{*}\marg{definition}\oarg{plural definition} macro generates the singular "\"\meta{abbreviation} and plural "\"\meta{abbreviation}"s" macros.
The first star prevents the addition of an \enquote{s} to the abbreviation plural.
The second star restores the \hologo{TeX} default of swallowing subsequent white space.
The long form is only shown at the first appearance of these macros, later appearances generate the abbreviation with a hyperlink to the long form.
@@ -389,18 +305,12 @@
The long form is never used in math mode.
Capitalization at the beginning of paragraphs and sentences is (mostly) ensured.
The "\shortacronym" and "\longacronym" macros are drop-in replacements of the "\acronym" macro showing only the short or long form of their acronym.
-\DescribeMacro{\resetacronym}
-\DescribeMacro{\dummyacronym}
-The first use form of the acronym can be enforced by resetting the acronym counter with "\resetacronym"\marg{key}.
-If the acronym counter equals one at the end of the document the short form of the acronym is not introduced.
-Placing a "\dummyacronym"\marg{key} at the end of the document ensures that the short form is introduced.
\subsection{Math}
-The \software{mathtools} \cite{mathtools} and \software{amssymb} \cite{amsfonts} packages are loaded.
-They in turn load the \hologo{AmSLaTeX} \software{amsmath} \cite{amsmath} and \software{amsfonts} \cite{amsfonts} packages.
+The \software{hep-math} \cite{hep-math} and \software{hep-math-font} \cite{hep-math-font} packages are loaded.
\DescribeMacro{\mathbf}
-Bold math, via "\mathbf" is improved by the \software{bm} package \cite{bm}, \ie ($ A b \Gamma \delta \mathbf A \mathbf b \mathbf \Gamma \mathbf \delta$).
+Bold math, via "\mathbf" is improved, \ie ($ A b \Gamma \delta \mathbf A \mathbf b \mathbf \Gamma \mathbf \delta$).
Macros switching to "bfseries" such as "\section"\marg{text} are ensured to also typeset math in bold.
\DescribeMacro{\text}
The "\text"\marg{text} macro makes it possible to write text within math mode, \ie ($ \text A \text b \text \Gamma \text \delta \text{\textbf A} \text{\textbf b} \text{\textbf \Gamma} \text{\textbf \delta}$).
@@ -409,10 +319,9 @@
\DescribeMacro{\mathscr}
The "\mathcal" font \ie ($\mathcal{ABCD}$) is accompanied by the "\mathscr" font \ie ($\mathscr{ABCD}$).
\DescribeMacro{\mathbb}
-The "\mathbb" font is improved by the \software{doublestroke} package \cite{dsfont} and adjusted depending on the "sansserif" option \ie ($\mathbb{Ah1}$).
+The "\mathbb" font is adjusted depending on the "sansserif" option \ie ($\mathbb{Ah1}$).
\DescribeMacro{\mathfrak}
Finally, the "\mathfrak" font is also available \ie ($\mathfrak{AaBb12}$).
-Details about the font handling in \hologo{TeX} can be found in \ccite{fntguide}.
\DescribeMacro{\nicefrac}
\DescribeMacro{\flatfrac}
@@ -433,143 +342,13 @@
For longer paper it can be useful to re-number the equation in accordance with the section numbering "\numberwithin{equation}{section}".
\DescribeMacro{subequations}
In order to further reduce the size the of equation counter it can be useful to wrap "align" environments with multiple rows in a "subequations" environment.
-Both macros are provided by the \software{amsmath} package.
-\DescribeMacro{eqnarray}
-The depreciated "eqnarray" environment is undefined as long this behaviour is not prevented by the "eqnarray" package option.
-The "split", "multline", "align", "multlined", "aligned", "alignedat", and "cases" environments of the \software{amsmath} and \software{mathtools} packages should be used instead.
-
-\DescribeMacro{equation}
-Use the "equation" environment for short equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation}
- left = right \ .
-\end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} = \framebox[7em]{right\strut} \ .
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{multline}
-Use the "multline" environment for longer equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{multline}
- left = right 1 \\
- + right 2 \ .
-\end{multline}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{multline}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} = \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\
-\framebox[7em]{+ right 2\strut} \ .
-\end{multline}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{split}
-Use the "split" sub environment for equations in which multiple equal signs should be aligned.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation} \begin{split}
- left &= right 1 \\
- &= right 2 \ .
-\end{split} \end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\begin{split}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\
-&= \framebox[7em]{right 2\strut} \ .
-\end{split}
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{align}
-Use the "align" environment for the vertical alignment and horizontal distribution of multiple equations.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{subequations} \begin{align}
- left &= right \ , &
- left &= right \ , \\
- left &= right \ , &
- left &= right \ .
-\end{align} \end{subequations}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{align}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , &
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , \\
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ , &
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[3em]{right\strut} \ .
-\end{align}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{aligned}
-Use the "aligned" environment within a "equation" environment if the aligned equations should be labeled with a single equation number.
-
-\DescribeMacro{multlined}
-Use the "multlined" environment if either "split" or "align" contain very long lines.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{equation} \begin{split}
- left &= right 1 \\ &=
- \begin{multlined}[t]
- right 2 \\ + right 3 \ .
- \end{multlined}
-\end{split} \end{equation}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{equation}
-\begin{split}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &= \framebox[7em]{right 1\strut} \\ &=
- \begin{multlined}[t]
- \framebox[7em]{right 2\strut} \\
- \framebox[7em]{+ right 3\strut} \ .
-\end{multlined}
-\end{split}
-\end{equation}
-\end{columns}
-
-\DescribeMacro{alignat}
-Use the "alignat" environment together with the "\mathllap" macro for the alignment of multiple equations with vastly different lengths.
-\begin{columns}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{alignat}{2}
- left &= long right && \ , \\
- le. 2 &= ri. 2 \ , &
- \mathllap{le. 3 = ri. 3} & \ .
-\end{alignat}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{verbatim}
-\column
-\begin{subequations}
-\begin{alignat}{2}
-\framebox[2em]{left\strut} &=
-\framebox[11em]{long right\strut} && \ , \\
-\framebox[2em]{le.\ 2\strut}
-&= \framebox[2.5em]{ri.\ 2\strut} \ , &
-\mathllap{\framebox[2em]{le.\ 3\strut}
-= \framebox[2.5em]{ri.\ 3\strut}} & \ .
-\end{alignat}
-\end{subequations}
-\end{columns}
-
-As a rule of thumb if you have to use "\notag", "\nonumber", or perform manual spacing via "\quad" you are probably using the wrong environment.
-
-\subsubsection{Physics}
-
\DescribeMacro{\unit}
\DescribeMacro{\inv}
-The correct spacing for units, \cf \cref{eq:greek}, is provided by the macro "\unit"\oarg{value} \marg{unit} from the \software{units} package \cite{units} which can also be used in text mode.
+The correct spacing for units, \cf \cref{eq:greek}, is provided by the macro "\unit"\oarg{value} \marg{unit} which can also be used in text mode.
The macro "\inv"\oarg{power}\marg{text} allows to avoid math mode also for inverse units such as \unit[5]{\inv{fb}} typeset via "\unit[5]{\inv{fb}}".
-Greek letters are adjusted to always be italic and upright in math and text mode, respectively, using the \software{fixmath} \cite{fixmath} and \software{alphabeta} \cite{alphabeta} packages.
+Greek letters are adjusted to always be italic and upright in math and text mode, respectively, using the \software{hep-math-font} \cite{hep-math-font} package.
This allows differentiations like
\begin{align} \label{eq:greek}
\sigma &= \unit[5]{fb} \ , & &\mbox{at \unit[5]{\sigma} C.L.} \ , & \mu &= \unit[5]{cm} \ , & l &= \unit[5]{\mu m} \ .
@@ -580,10 +359,10 @@
\DescribeMacro{\pdv}
\DescribeMacro{\comm}
\DescribeMacro{\order}
-The \software{physics} package \cite{physics} provides additional macros such as
+The \software{hep-math} package \cite{hep-math} provides additional macros such as
\begin{align}
&\ev{\phi} \ ,
-&&\pdv[n]{x}[f] \ ,
+&&\pdv[f]{x}[y]^2 \ ,
&&\comm{A}{B} \ ,
&&\order{x^2} \ ,
&&\eval{x}_0^\infty \ ,
@@ -592,7 +371,7 @@
\DescribeMacro{\cancel}
\DescribeMacro{\slashed}
-The "\cancel"\marg{characters} macro from the \software{cancel} package \cite{cancel} and the "\slashed" \marg{character} macro from the \software{slashed} package \cite{slashed} allow to $\cancel{\text{cancel}}$ math and use the Dirac slash notation \ie $\slashed \partial$, respectively.
+The "\cancel"\marg{characters} macro and the "\slashed" \marg{character} macro allow to $\cancel{\text{cancel}}$ math and use the Dirac slash notation \ie $\slashed \partial$, respectively.
\DescribeMacro{\overleftright}
A better looking over left right arrow is defined \ie $\overleftright{\partial}$.
@@ -601,63 +380,18 @@
\DescribeEnv{figure}
\DescribeEnv{table}
-Automatic float placement is adjusted to place a single float at the top of pages and to reduce the number of float pages, using the \hologo{LaTeX} macros.
-
-"\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0}" \hfill no floats at the bottom of a page (default 1) \\
-"\setcounter{topnumber}{1}" \hfill a single float at the top of a page (default 2) \\
-"\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1}" \hfill same for full widths floats in two-column mode \\
-"\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1}" \hfill large floats are allowed (default 0.2)\\
-"\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9}" \hfill (default 0.7) \\
-"\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9}" \hfill (default 0.7) \\
-"\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8}" \hfill float pages must be full (default 0.5)
-
-Additionally, manual float placement is deactivated but can be reactivated using the "manualplacement" package option.
-It is however recommended to archive the desired design by adjusting above macros.
+Automatic float placement is adjusted to place a single float at the top of pages and to reduce the number of float pages, using the \software{hep-float} package \cite{hep-float}.
The most useful float placement is usually archived by placing the float \emph{in front} of the paragraph it is referenced in first.
-\DescribeMacro{\raggedright}
-The float environments have been adjusted to center their content.
-The usual behaviour can be reactivated using "\raggedright".
-\begin{table}
-\begin{panels}{2}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{panels}{2}
- code
-\panel
- \begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}
-\end{panels}
-\end{verbatim}
-\caption{Code for this panel environment.}
-\label{tab:panels}
-\panel
-\begin{tabular}{cccc}
-\toprule
-\multicolumn{2}{c}{one}& \multicolumn{2}{c}{two} \\ \cmidrule(r){1-2} \cmidrule(l){3-4}
-\multirow{2}{*}{a} & b & c & d \\
- & b & c & d \\
-\bottomrule
-\end{tabular}
-\caption{The \protecting{"booktabs"} and \protecting{"multirow"} features.}
-\label{tab:booktabs}
-\end{panels}
-\caption{Example use of the \protecting{"panels"} environment in Panel \subref{tab:panels} and the features from the \software{booktabs} and \software{multirow} packages in Panel \subref{tab:booktabs}.
-} \label{tab:table}
-\end{table}
-
\DescribeEnv{panels}
\DescribeMacro{\panel}
-The "panels" environment makes use of the \software{subcaption} package \cite{subcaption}.
-It provides sub-floats and takes as mandatory argument either the number of sub-floats (default~2) or the width of the first sub-float as fraction of the "\linewidth".
+The "panels" environment provides sub-floats and takes as mandatory argument either the number of sub-floats (default~2) or the width of the first sub-float as fraction of the "\linewidth".
Within the "\begin{panels}"\oarg{vertical alignment}\marg{width} environment the "\panel" macro initiates a new sub-float.
In the case that the width of the first sub-float has been given as an optional argument to the "panels" environment the "\panel"\marg{width} macro takes the width of the next sub-float as mandatory argument.
-The example code is presented in \cref{tab:panels}.
-\DescribeEnv{tabular}
-The \software{booktabs} \cite{booktabs} and \software{multirow} \cite{multirow} packages are loaded enabling publication quality tabulars such as in \cref{tab:booktabs}.
-
\DescribeMacro{\graphic}
\DescribeMacro{\graphics}
-The \software{graphicx} package \cite{graphicx} is loaded and the "\graphic"\oarg{width}\marg{figure} macro is defined, which is a wrapper for the "\includegraphics"\marg{figure} macro and takes the figure width as fraction of the "\linewidth" as optional argument (default~1).
+The "\graphic"\oarg{width}\marg{figure} macro is defined, which is a wrapper for the "\includegraphics"\marg{figure} macro and takes the figure width as fraction of the "\linewidth" as optional argument (default~1).
If the graphics are located in a sub-folder its path can be indicated by "\graphics"\marg{subfolder}.
\subsection{Bibliography} \label{sec:bibliography}
@@ -667,7 +401,7 @@
The \software{biblatex} package \cite{biblatex} is loaded for bibliography management.
The user has to add the line "\bibliography"\marg{my.bib} to the preamble of the document and "\printbibliography" at the end of the document.
The bibliography is generated by \software{Biber} \cite{biber}.
-"biblatex" is extended to be able to cope with the "collaboration" and "reportNumber" fields provided by \online{https://inspirehep.net}{inspirehep.net} and a bug in the volume number is fixed.
+\software{biblatex} is extended by the \software{hep-bibliography} package \cite{hep-bibliography} to be able to cope with the "collaboration" and "reportNumber" fields provided by \online{https://inspirehep.net}{inspirehep.net} and a bug in the volume number is fixed.
Additionally, the PubMed IDs are recognized and \online{https://ctan.org}{ctan.org}, \online{https://github.com}{github.com}, \online{https://gitlab.com}{gitlab.com}, \online{https://bitbucket.org}{bitbucket.org}, \online{https://www.launchpad.net}{launchpad.net}, \online{https://sourceforge.net}{sourceforge.net}, and \online{https://hepforge.org}{hepforge.org} are valid "eprinttype"s.
\DescribeMacro{erratum}
Errata can be included using the "related" feature.
@@ -708,141 +442,12 @@
% \clearpage
% \appendix
%
-% \section{Math alphabet allocation}
-%
-% \bgroup
-% \makeatletter
-% \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{0}
-% \setlength{\tabcolsep}{0pt}
-% \nodecimals
-% \nohexoct
-% \fntcolwidth=0pt
-% \setlength\arrayrulewidth{0pt}
-%
-% \begin{figure}
-% \begin{panels}[t]{.22}
-% \fonttable{rm-\ifhep at serif lmr\else lmss\fi10}
-% \caption{Text}
-% \panel{.22}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}
-% \fonttable{\ifhep at serif lm\else cmbr\fi mi10}
-% \caption{Math}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fonttable{\ifhep at serif lm\else cmbr\fi sy10}
-% \caption{Symbol}
-% \panel{.352}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}
-% \fonttable{\ifhep at serif\else ss\fi msam10}
-% \caption{AMS a}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fonttable{\ifhep at serif\else ss\fi msbm10}
-% \caption{AMS b}
-% \panel{.19}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}
-% \fonttable{eufm10}
-% \caption{Euler fraktur}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fontrange{64}{95}
-% \fonttable{eusm10}
-% \caption{Euler caligraphy}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolS10}
-% \caption{Minion caligraphy}\vspace{2ex}
-% \fonttable{ds\ifhep at serif rom\else ss\fi10}
-% \caption{Doublestroke}
-% \end{panels}
-% \caption{Basic math fonts}
-% \end{figure}
-%
-% \begin{figure}
-% \hspace*{-2cm}%
-% \begin{panels}[t]{.3}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}
-% \fonttable{cm\ifhep at serif\else ss\fi ex10}
-% \caption{Computer modern}
-% \panel{.22}
-% \fontrange{0}{143}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolE5}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol E 1}
-% \panel{.6}
-% \fontrange{144}{215}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolE5}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol E 2}\vspace{2ex}
-% \begin{minipage}{.48\linewidth}
-% \fontrange{0}{127}\fonttable{MnSymbolF10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbols F}
-% \end{minipage}%
-% \begin{minipage}{.5\linewidth}
-% \fontrange{0}{47}\fonttable{\ifhep at serif\else ss\fi esint10}
-% \caption{Extended set of integrals}
-% \end{minipage}
-% \end{panels}
-% \caption{Math extension fonts}
-% \end{figure}
-%
-% \begin{figure}
-% \begin{panels}[t]{.26}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolA10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol A}
-% \panel{.26}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolB10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol B}
-% \panel{.26}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolC10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol C}
-% \panel{.2}
-% \fonttable{MnSymbolD10}
-% \caption{Mn Symbol D}
-% \end{panels}
-% \makeatother
-% \caption{Minion symbol fonts}
-% \end{figure}
-% \egroup
-%
-% Of the 16 available math alphabets, \hologo{TeX} loads four by default
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=0,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{OT1} \label{it:math text} Text (latin, upper case greek, numerals, text symbols)
-% \item{OML} \label{it:math italic} Math Italic (latin, greek, numerals, text symbols)
-% \item{OMS} \label{it:math symbol} Symbol ("\mathcal", operators)
-% \item{OMX} \label{it:math extension} Math Extension (big operators, delimiters)
-% \end{enumdescript}
-% The text font \ref{it:math text}\strut\ of \CM is \textbf{cmr10} "\OT1/cmr/m/n/10", which is replaced by \LM to be \textbf{rm-lmr10} "\OT1/lmr/m/n/10", the "sansserif" option uses \textbf{rm-lmss10} "\OT1/lmss/m/n/10".
-% The italic math font \ref{it:math italic} of \CM is \textbf{cmmi10} "\OML/cmm/m/it/"\allowbreak"10", and is replaced by \LM to be \textbf{lmmi10} "\OML/lmm/m/it/10", the "sansserif" options uses \textbf{cmbrmi10} "\OML/cmbrm/m/it/10" from the \software{cmbright} package \cite{cmbright}.
-% The symbol font \ref{it:math symbol}\strut\ of \CM is \textbf{cmsy10} "\OMS/cmsy/m/n/10", and is replaced by \LM to be \textbf{lmsy10} "\OMS/lmsy/m/n/10", the "sansserif" options uses \textbf{cmsssy10} "\OMS/cmsssy/m/n/10" from the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}.
-% The extension font \ref{it:math extension}\strut\ of \CM is \textbf{cmex10} "\OMX/cmex/m/n/5", and is replaced by the \software{exscale} package \cite{exscale} to be \textbf{cmex10} "\OMX/cmex/m/n/10", the "sansserif" option loads \textbf{cmssex10} "\OMX/cmssex/m/n/10".
-% The \software{amssymb} (\software{amsfonts}) packages \cite{amssymb} load two more symbol fonts
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=4,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{msam10} \label{it:math ams a} "\U/msa/m/n/10" AMS symbol font A (special math operators)
-% \item{msbm10} \label{it:math ams b} "\U/msb/m/n/10" AMS symbol font B ("\mathbb", negated operators)
-% \end{enumdescript}
-% The "sansserif" option replaces them with \textbf{ssmsam10} "\U/ssmsa/m/n/10" and \textbf{ssmsbm10} "\U/ssmsb/m/n/10" from the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}, respectively.
-% The \software{bm} package \cite{bm} loads the bold version for the fonts \labelcref{it:math text,it:math italic,it:math symbol}.
-%
-% Other math alphabets are only loaded on demand, \eg "\mathsf" uses a sans serif font and "\mathbf" without the \software{bm} package uses a bold font.
-% The "\mathscr" macro uses the script font from the \software{mathrsfs} package \cite{mathrsfs}
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=9,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{rsfs10} "\U/rsfs/m/n/10" Math script font (capital letters)
-% \end{enumdescript}
-% The "\mathbb" macro loads the double stroke font from the \software{dsfont} package \cite{dsfont}, this can be prevented with the "symbols=ams" option.
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=10,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{dsrom10} "\U/dsrom/m/n/10" Double stroke font
-% \end{enumdescript}
-% The "\mathfrak" macro loads the fractur font from the \software{amssymb} package \cite{amssymb}
-% \begin{enumdescript}[start=11,label=\arabic*)]
-% \item{eufm10} "\U/euf/m/n/10" Math fraktur (Basic Latin)
-% \end{enumdescript}
-%
-% The \software{hep-paper} package uses nine of the available 16 math alphabets.
-% This number can be reduced by three using "\newcommand{\bmmax}{0}" from the \software{bm} package \cite{bm} and brought down to the default of four with the option "symbols=false".
-%
-% The "symbols=minion" options replaces the fonts \labelcref{it:math symbol,it:math extension,it:math ams a,it:math ams b} with corresponding fonts from the \software{MnSymbol} package \cite{MnSymbol}.
-% Additionally, two more symbol alphabets are allocated, the \software{bm} package \cite{bm} loads one more font and now "\mathcal" triggers the use of one additional alphabet.
-% Hence, the minion option uses three to four more math alphabets than a usual setup.
-%
% \section{Options}
%
-%<*package|title|font|math|floats|acronyms|bibliography>
%<*package>
%
-% Load the \software{pdftexcmds} \cite{pdftexcmds} and \software{kvoptions} \cite{kvoptions} packages and define a "hep" namespace.
+% Load the \software{kvoptions} package \cite{kvoptions} and define a "hep" namespace.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
\SetupKeyvalOptions{
family=hep,
@@ -936,7 +541,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{glossaries}
-% Provide the "glossaries" option able to turn of the use of the \software{glossaries} package \cite{glossaries}.
+% Provide the "glossaries" option able to turn of the use of the \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareBoolOption[true]{glossaries}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1106,393 +711,38 @@
% Set the SISSA compatibility options.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifhep at sissa
- \setkeys{hep}{title=false, bibliography=false}
+ \setkeys{hep}{defaults, title=false, bibliography=false}
\PassOptionsToPackage{
colorlinks=true, linktocpage=true, pdfproducer=medialab, pdfa=true,
urlcolor=blue, anchorcolor=blue, citecolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
linkcolor=blue, menucolor=blue, pagecolor=blue
}{hyperref}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{reset}{geometry}
\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\foreignabbrfont}{}}
\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the JHEP compatibility options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep at jhep
- \voffset 0in
- \hoffset 0in
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%
% \section{Font}
%
-%<*package|font>
-%
% Set the whole text to sans serif if requested.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<font>\newif\ifhep at serif\hep at seriftrue
\ifhep at serif\else
\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifxetexorluatex}
-% Load the \software{ifluatex} \cite{ifluatex} and \software{ifxetex} \cite{ifxetex} packages.
-% Define the "\ifxetexorluatex" conditional checking if the package is executed by \hologo{LuaLaTeX} or \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
+% Load the hep-font package.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{ifluatex}
-\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
-\newif\ifxetexorluatex
-\ifxetex\xetexorluatextrue
-\else
- \ifluatex\xetexorluatextrue
- \else\xetexorluatexfalse
- \fi
-\fi
+\RequirePackage[lining=\ifhep at lining true\else false \fi]{hep-font}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% Pick the correct font encoding depending on the engine used and load the \software{fontenc} package \cite{fontenc} with this encoding.
-% For details of the font encoding see \cite{encguide}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \def\hep at encoding{TU}
-\else
- \def\hep at encoding{T1}
-\fi
-\RequirePackage[\hep at encoding]{fontenc}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Fix the remaining \CM fonts \cite{fix-cm}, load the \LM font via \software{cfr-lm} \cite{cfr-lm} supported also by \software{lmodern} \cite{lmodern}, the \software{textcomp} extension \cite{textcomp}, and the \software{microtype} font optimization \cite{microtype}.
-% Adjust the figures according to the "lining" option and ensure that tables always use lining, using the \software{etoolbox} package \cite{etoolbox}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{fix-cm}
-\RequirePackage{microtype}
-%<font>\newif\ifhep at lining
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \RequirePackage{nfssext-cfr}
- \RequirePackage{lmodern}
-\else
- \ifhep at lining
- \RequirePackage[rm={lining},sf={lining},tt={lining}]{cfr-lm}
- \else
- \RequirePackage{cfr-lm}
- \fi
-\fi
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-% \AtBeginEnvironment{tabular}{\tlstyle}
-\RequirePackage{textcomp}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Define bold and sans serif small caps font shapes using the \software{fontspec} package \cite{fontspec}.
-% The font abbreviations are
-% \begin{description}[nosep]
-% \item[lmr] \LM regular font
-% \item[lmss] \LM sans serif font
-% \item[cmss] \CM sans serif font
-% \item[xcmss] Extended \CM sans serif font (from the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts})
-% \item[bx] Bold extended series
-% \item[b] Bold series
-% \item[m] Medium weight and width series
-% \item[c] Medium weight, condensed width series
-% \item[sc] Caps and small caps font shape
-% \end{description}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\hep at sf@fontshape}[3]{%
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{\sfdefault}{#1}{#2}{#3}{}%
-}
-\newcommand{\hep at rm@fontshape}[3]{%
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{\rmdefault}{#1}{#2}{#3}{}%
-}
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \RequirePackage{fontspec}
- \setmainfont{Latin Modern Roman}[
- UprightFeatures={SmallCapsFont={[lmromancaps10-regular.otf]}},
- BoldFeatures={
- SmallCapsFeatures={Letters=SmallCaps},
- SmallCapsFont={[cmunbx.otf]}
- }
- ]
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->cmssbxcsc10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->cmssbxcsc10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scit}{<->cmsscsci10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{sc}{%
- <-9>cmsscsc8<9-10>cmsscsc9<10->cmsscsc10%
- }{}
-\else
- \rmfamily
- \ifhep at lining
- \RequirePackage{slantsc}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scit}{}
- \else
- \DeclareFontFamily{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{bx}{sc}{
- <-6>hfoxc0500<6-7>hfoxc0600<7-8>hfoxc0700<8-9>hfoxc0800
- <9-10>hfoxc0900<10-12>hfoxc1000<12-17>hfoxc1200<17->hfoxc1728
- }{}
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{bx}{scsl}{
- <-6>hfooc0500<6-7>hfooc0600<7-8>hfooc0700<8-9>hfooc0800
- <9-10>hfooc0900<10-12>hfooc1000<12-17>hfooc1200<17->hfooc1728
- }{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \fi
- \sffamily
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{ui}{<->cmssu10}{}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Load the \software{inputenc} package \cite{inputenc}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifxetexorluatex\else
- \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package|font>
-%
% \subsection{Math fonts}
%
-%<*package|font>
-%
+% Load the hep-math-font package.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<font>\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
-%<font>\def\hep at symbols{true}
-%<font>\RequirePackage{amstext}
+\RequirePackage[symbols=\hep at symbols]{hep-math-font}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Define conditionals based on the "symbols" package option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifhep at symbols
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{false}=0\else\hep at symbolstrue\fi
-\newif\ifhep at ams
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{ams}=0 \hep at amstrue\fi
-\newif\ifhep at minion
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{minion}=0 \hep at miniontrue\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Load the \software{fixmath} \cite{fixmath} and \software{textalpha} \cite{textalpha} packages ensuring that upper Greek letters in math mode are italic and providing upright Greek letters in text mode, respectively.
-% Ensure that both "\text" and "\mathrm" produce upright Greek letters.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep at symbols
- \RequirePackage{fixmath}
- \RequirePackage{textalpha}
- \def\hep at greek#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname math%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname=#1%
- \edef#1{%
- \noexpand\TextOrMath{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname text%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- }{%
- \noexpand\ifnum\noexpand\fam=0
- \noexpand\text{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname text%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- }%
- \noexpand\else
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname math%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- \noexpand\fi
- }%
- }%
- }
- \hep at greek\alpha \hep at greek\beta \hep at greek\gamma
- \hep at greek\delta \hep at greek\epsilon \hep at greek\zeta
- \hep at greek\eta \hep at greek\theta \hep at greek\iota
- \hep at greek\kappa \hep at greek\lambda \hep at greek\mu
- \hep at greek\nu \hep at greek\xi \hep at greek\pi
- \hep at greek\rho \hep at greek\sigma \hep at greek\tau
- \hep at greek\upsilon \hep at greek\phi \hep at greek\chi
- \hep at greek\psi \hep at greek\omega
- \hep at greek\Gamma \hep at greek\Delta \hep at greek\Theta
- \hep at greek\Lambda \hep at greek\Xi \hep at greek\Pi
- \hep at greek\Sigma \hep at greek\Upsilon \hep at greek\Phi
- \hep at greek\Psi \hep at greek\Omega
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Ensure that this works also after loading other fonts packages such as \software{cfr-lm} using \software{substitutefont} \cite{substitutefont}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifxetexorluatex
- % missing code
- \else
- \RequirePackage{substitutefont}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\rmdefault}{lmr}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\rmdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\rmdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmr/bx/n}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\rmdefault}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*lmr/bx/sc}{}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\ttdefault}{lmtt}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\ttdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\ttdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmtt/bx/n}{}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\sfdefault}{lmss}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\sfdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\sfdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmss/bx/n}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\sfdefault}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*lmss/bx/sc}{}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Either load the \software{MnSymbol} package \cite{MnSymbol} or the the \software{exscale} package in order to fix Latin Modern "lmex" fonts.
-% Additionally, load the \software{amssymb} package \cite{amsfonts} which provides further math symbols and also loads the \software{amsfonts} package \cite{amsfonts}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifhep at minion
- \RequirePackage{MnSymbol}
- \else
- \RequirePackage{exscale}
- \RequirePackage{amssymb}
- \fi
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathsf}
-% If the "sansserif" package option is active use the \software{cmbright} font \cite{cmbright} and code adjusted from the \software{sansmathfonts} package \cite{sansmathfonts}.
-% Ensure that "\mathsf" is italic as well as sans serif and sans for sans and sans serif documents, respectively.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep at serif
- \newcommand\hep at font@sf{cmbrm}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{b}{it}
-\else
- \newcommand\hep at font@sf{lmr}
- \newcommand\hep at font@text{lmss}
- \newcommand\hep at font@math{cmbrm}
- \newcommand\hep at font@symbol{cmsssy}
- \newcommand\hep at font@extra{cmssex}
- \newcommand\hep at font@amsa{ssmsa}
- \newcommand\hep at font@amsb{ssmsb}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare font substitutions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OML}{\hep at font@math}{m}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{m}{n}
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OMX}{\hep at font@extra}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare the symbol fonts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{operators}{OT1}{\hep at font@text}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{letters}{OML}{\hep at font@math}{m}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFont{symbols}{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{\hep at font@extra}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set bold symbol fonts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \SetSymbolFont{operators}{bold}{OT1}{\hep at font@text}{b}{n}
- \SetSymbolFont{letters}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@math}{b}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \SetSymbolFont{symbols}{bold}{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{b}{n}
- \fi\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Adjust the fonts loaded by the \software{amsfonts} \cite{amsfonts} and \software{esint} \cite{esint} packages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSa}{U}{\hep at font@amsa}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSb}{U}{\hep at font@amsb}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{esint}{%
- \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbolsA}{U}{ssesint}{m}{n}
- }{}
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare the symbol font alphabets.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathrm}{operators}
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathnormal}{letters}
- \ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathcal}{symbols}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare "\mathit".
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathit}{OML}{\hep at font@text}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet\mathit{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@text}{bx}{it}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare "\mathtt".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{OT1}{cmtl}{m}{n}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare "\mathsf".
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{bx}{it}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% End of "sansserif".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathbf}
-% Load the \software{bm} package \cite{bm} for superior boldmath.
-% Make math symbols bold whenever they appear in bold macros such as "\section"\marg{text}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep at symbols
- \RequirePackage{bm}
- \AtBeginDocument{\let\mathbf\bm}
- \g at addto@macro\bfseries{\boldmath}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathtt}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{OT1}{lmtt}{m}{n}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{bold}{OT1}{lmtt}{bx}{n}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathscr}
-% Provid the "\mathscr" math script font from the \software{mathrsfs} package \cite{mathrsfs}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathscr}{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\mathbb}
-% Redefine the the "\mathbb" math blackboard style font according to the \prefix{sans}{serif} option with the font from the \software{dsfont} package \cite{dsfont}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifhep at minion
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbb}{U}{%
- \ifhep at serif dsrom\else dsss\fi%
- }{m}{n}
- \else
- \ifhep at ams\else
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathbb}{normal}{U}{%
- \ifhep at serif dsrom\else dsss\fi%
- }{m}{n}
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|font>
-%
% \subsection{Font size} \label{sec:font size}
%
-%<*package>
-%
% Undefine previously defined font sizes and load the \hologo{LaTeX} font size file corresponding to the font size option.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifhep at defaults\else
@@ -1511,152 +761,8 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Text}
-%
-% Load the \software{babel} package \cite{babel} for hyphenation and the recommended \software{csquotes} package \cite{csquotes}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[\hep at lang]{babel}
-\RequirePackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\underline}
-% Load the \software{ulem} package \cite{ulem} for hyphenable underlined text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[normalem]{ulem}
-\let\underline\uline
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\vs}
-% Load the \software{foreign} package \cite{foreign} in order to highlight abbreviations and vocabularies from foreign languages.
-% Add the missing "\vs" command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at lang}{american}=0
- \newcommand{\hep at lang@foreign}{USenglish}
-\else
- \ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at lang}{USenglish}=0
- \newcommand{\hep at lang@foreign}{USenglish}
- \else
- \newcommand{\hep at lang@foreign}{british}
- \fi
-\fi
-\RequirePackage[all, \hep at lang@foreign]{foreign}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\vs{\xperiodafter{{\foreignabbrfont{vs}}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The \software{foreign} package relies on the \software{xspace} package \cite{xspace}.
-% Ensure that "\xspace" is compatible with the "\enquote" macro from the \software{csquote} package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\xspaceaddexceptions{\csq at qclose@i}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\no}
-% Define the macro "\no"\marg{number} for the use of \textnumero\ with appropriate spacing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\no}[1]{\textnumero~#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\software}
-% Define a macro for software with optional version information "\software"\linebreak[1]\oarg{version}\linebreak[1]\marg{name}, using the \software{relsize} package \cite{relsize}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{relsize}
-\newcommand{\software}[2][\hspace{-\fontdimen2\font}]{%
- {\smaller[.5]\textsc{#2}~#1}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package>
-%<*package|title|bibliography>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\online}
-% \begin{macro}{\email}
-% Define the "\online"\marg{text}\marg{url} macro combining the features of the "\href" and the "\url" macros.
-% Define a macro for typesetting emails.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\online}[2]{\ttfamily{#2}}%
-\newcommand{\hep at email}[1]{\online{mailto:#1}{#1}}
-\providecommand\email{\hep at email}
-\AtEndOfPackage{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
- \renewcommand{\online}[2]{\href{#1}{\nolinkurl{#2}}}%
- }{}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|title|bibliography>
-%<*package>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\prefix}
-% Define the "\prefix"\marg{prefix}\marg{word} macro ensuring the correct linebreak in \prefix{prefix}{word}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\prefix}[2]{(#1\mbox{-)}\allowbreak #2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Lists}
-%
-% Load the \software{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[inline]{enumitem}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{inlinelist}
-% Define an inline list environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlist{inlinelist}{enumerate*}{1}
-\setlist*[inlinelist,1]{%
- label=\roman*), itemjoin={,\ }, itemjoin*={, and\ }, after=.%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{enumdescript}
-% Define an enumdescript list environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlist{enum at descript}{enumerate}{2}
-\setlist[enum at descript]{label=\arabic*.}
-\newenvironment{enumdescript}[1][]{
-\begin{enum at descript}[#1]
- \let\hep at item\item
- \renewcommand{\item}[2][]{
- \ifx&##1&\hep at item\else\hep at item[##1]\fi
- \textbf{##2}\ifx##2\empty\else~\fi\@ifnextchar\par\@gobble\relax
- }
-}{\end{enum at descript}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%</package>
-%<*package|bibliography>
-%
-% \begin{environment}{commalist}
-% Define a commalist environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\ExplSyntaxOn
-\NewDocumentEnvironment{commalist}{O{\space}+b}{
- \hep at comma@list:n{#2}
-}{#1}
-\seq_new:N \hep at items@sequence
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \hep at comma@list:n #1{
- \seq_set_split:Nnn \hep at items@sequence{\item}{#1}
- \seq_pop_left:NN \hep at items@sequence \l_tmpa_tl
- \seq_use:Nnnn \hep at items@sequence{~and~}{,~}{,~and~}
-}
-\ExplSyntaxOff
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%</package|bibliography>
-%
% \section{Geometry}
%
-%<*package>
-%
% Load the \software{geometry} package \cite{geometry} and adjust the text width and height.
% This step must happen after readjusting the font size in \cref{sec:font size}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1695,596 +801,36 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-%</package>
+% \section{Text}
%
-% \section{Math}
-%
-%<*package|math>
-%
-% Load the \software{mathtools} package \cite{mathtools} which loads the \software{amsmath} package \cite{amsmath}.
-% Allow page breaks within equations if necessary.
-% Adjust the thick and med mu skips slightly.
+% Load the \software{hep-text} package \cite{hep-text}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<package>\ifhep at physics
-%<math>\newif\ifhep at lining\hep at liningtrue
-%<math>\newif\ifhep at eqnarray\hep at eqnarraytrue
-\RequirePackage{mathtools}
-\allowdisplaybreaks[1]
-\thickmuskip=5mu plus 3mu minus 1mu
-\medmuskip=4mu plus 2mu minus 3mu
+\RequirePackage[lang=\hep at lang]{hep-text}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package|math>
-%<*package|math|acronyms>
+% \section{Math}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathdef}
-% Define the "\mathdef"\marg{name}\oarg{arguments}\marg{macro} macro which \prefix{re}{defines} macros in math mode only.
-% This macro is implemented using the \software{xparse} package \cite{xparse}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand{\mathdef}{mO{0}m}{%
- \expandafter\let\csname hep at text\string#1\endcsname=#1
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname hep at math\string#1\endcsname[#2]{#3}
- \DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
- \ifmmode
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep at math\string#1\endcsname%
- \else
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep at text\string#1\endcsname%
- \fi
- \next
- }%
-}
+\ifhep at physics\RequirePackage{hep-math}\fi
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-%</package|math|acronyms>
-%<*package|math>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\i}
-% Provide an upright imaginary unit in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\i}{\operatorname{i}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\overline}
-% Redefine "\overline" to be a text macro using the \software{ulem} package \cite{ulem}.
-% Extend it as a math macro with the original definition from the \software{amsmath} package \cite{amsmath}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{ulem}
-\def\overline#1{{\renewcommand{\ULdepth}{-1.9ex}{}\uline{#1}}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\over at line}[1]{\@@overline{#1}}
-\mathdef{\overline}{\over at line}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\oset}
-% Define a new overset macro "\oset"\oarg{offset}\marg{over}\marg{base}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\oset}[3][-1pt]{%
- \text{\raisebox{.2ex}{$\mathop{#3}\limits^{%
- \vbox to#1{\kern-2\ex@\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle#2$}\vss}%
- }$}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\overleftright}
-% Define a over left right arrow "\overleftright"\marg{base}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\overleftright}[1]{\oset{\leftrightarrow}{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{eqnarray}
-% Undefine the "eqnarray" environment if not prevented by package option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep at eqnarray\else
- \let\eqnarray\@undefined
- \let\endeqnarray\@undefined
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Operators}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tr}
-% \begin{macro}{\Tr}
-% \begin{macro}{\rank}
-% \begin{macro}{\erf}
-% \begin{macro}{\Res}
-% \begin{macro}{\sgn}
-% \begin{macro}{\sgn}
-% \begin{macro}{\diag}
-% Provide the "\diag", "\sgn", and other operators.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\tr}{tr}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\rank}{rank}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\erf}{erf}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\sgn}{sgn}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\diag}{diag}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\Re}
-% \begin{macro}{\Im}
-% Redefine the real and imaginary projectors.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\Re\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Re}{Re}
-\let\Im\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Im}{Im}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsubsection{Trigonometric functions}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\cos\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\cos}{cos\vphantom{i}}
-\let\tan\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\tan}{tan\vphantom{i}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arccsc}{arccsc}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arcsec}{arcsec}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arccot}{arccot}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\asin}{asin}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acos}{acos}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acsc}{acsc}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\asec}{asec}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acot}{acot}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\csch}{csch}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\sech}{sech}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Units and fractions}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\unit}
-% Load the \software{units} package \cite{units} which provides the "\units" and "\nicefrac" macros.
-% Patch the "\unit" and "\unitfrac" macros to work with lining numerals using the \software{xpatch} package \cite{xpatch}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{units}
-\RequirePackage{xpatch}
-\ifhep at lining\else
- \xpatchcmd{\unit}{\else#1}{%
- \else\ifthenelse{\boolean{mmode}}{#1}{\textl{#1}}%
- }{}{}
- \xpatchcmd{\unitfrac}{\else#1}{%
- \else\ifthenelse{\boolean{mmode}}{#1}{\textl{#1}}%
- }{}{}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\inv}
-% Provide a macro for the inverse, useful in combination with the unit macro in text mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\inv}[2][1]{#2\ensuremath{^{-#1}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\flatfrac}
-% Flat fraction.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX{\hep at flatfrac}[2]{.}{.}{%
- #1\delimsize/\makeleftdelim#2%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\flatfrac}{somm}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \hep at flatfrac*{#3}{#4}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{\,\makeleftdelim#3/\makeleftdelim#4\,%
- }{%
- \hep at flatfrac[#2]{#3}{#4}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\textfrac}
-% Provide the "\textfrac" macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\textfrac}[2]{\ensuremath{\nicefrac{\text{#1}}{\text{#2}}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Differentials and derivatives}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\differential}
-% \begin{macro}{\d}
-% Provide a differential "\d".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\makedifferential}[1]{\mathop{}\!#1}
-\providecommand{\differentialsymbol}{d}
-\newcommand{\differential}{\makedifferential\differentialsymbol}
-\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\d}{\differential}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\makederivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\makederivative[2]{
- \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{somso}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##4}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}\IfValueT{##5}{##5}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2{##3}\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}%
- }%
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\derivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makederivative{\derivative}{d}
-\newcommand\dv{\derivative}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\variation}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\variation{\makedifferential\delta}
-\newcommand\var{\variation}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\functionalderivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makederivative{\functionalderivative}{\delta}
-\newcommand\fdv{\functionalderivative}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\makepartialderivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-\newcommand\makepartialderivative[2]{
- \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{sO{}O{}msoo}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##5}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2\IfValueTF{##7}{%
- \ifblank{##2}{
- \ifblank{##3}{^2}{^{\the\numexpr##3+1\relax}}%
- }{%
- \ifblank{##3}{%
- ^{\the\numexpr##2+1\relax}}{^{{\the\numexpr##2+##3\relax}}%
- }%
- }%
- }{\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}}\IfValueT{##6}{##6}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2{##4}\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}%
- \IfValueT{##7}{#2##7\IfValueT{##3}{^{##3}}}%
- }%
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\partialderivative}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makepartialderivative{\partialderivative}{\partial}
-\newcommand\pdv{\partialderivative}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cancel}
-% \begin{macro}{\slashed}
-% Additionally, load the \software{cancel} \cite{cancel} and \software{slashed} \cite{slashed} packages which provide the "\cancel" and "\slashed" macros.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{cancel}
-\RequirePackage{slashed}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Paired delimiters}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\left}
-% \begin{macro}{\right}
-% Load the \software{mleftright} package \cite{mleftright} and adjust the spacing around "\left" and "\right".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{mleftright}
-\mleftright
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\abs}
-% \begin{macro}{\norm}
-% \begin{macro}{\pnorm}
-% Absolute value and norm.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\noargumentsymbol}{\:\cdot\:}
-\newcommand{\optionalargument}[1]{\ifblank{#1}{\noargumentsymbol}{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\abs[1]\lvert\rvert{\optionalargument{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\norm[1]\lVert\rVert{\optionalargument{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at pnorm[2]{}\lVert\rVert{_{#1}}{#2}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\pnorm}{som}{%
- \IfValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at pnorm*}{\hep at pnorm}{#2}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\norm*}{\norm}%
- }{\optionalargument{#3}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\order}
-% Order symbol and macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\ordersymbol}{\mathcal{O}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\order[1]{\ordersymbol}(){}{#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\evaluated}
-% \begin{macro}{\eval}
-% Vertical evaluation bar
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\hep at evaluated}{.}{\rvert}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\evaluated}{som}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \hep at evaluated*{#3}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3\rvert}{\hep at evaluated[#2]{#3}}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand\eval{\evaluated}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsubsection{Set and Probability}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\midbar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\makeleftdelim{\mathopen{}}
-\providecommand{\midbar}[1][]{%
- \nonscript\:#1\vert\allowbreak\nonscript\:\makeleftdelim%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\suchthat}
-% \begin{macro}{\set}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand\suchthat{\midbar}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\set[1]\{\}{%
- \renewcommand\suchthat{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\probabilitysymbol}
-% \begin{macro}{\given}
-% \begin{macro}{\Pr}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\probabilitysymbol}{\operatorname{Pr}}
-\providecommand\given{\midbar}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at Pr[1]{%
- \probabilitysymbol}(){}{%
- \renewcommand\given{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
-}
-\let\Pr\relax
-\NewDocumentCommand{\Pr}{so}{%
- \IfValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at Pr*}{\hep at Pr}{#2}%
- }{%
- \probabilitysymbol%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsubsection{Commutators}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\innerproduct}
-% \begin{macro}{\poissonbracket}
-% \begin{macro}{\commutator}
-% \begin{macro}{\anticommutator}
-% Poissonbracket, commutator and anti-commutator.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\innerproduct[2]{%
- \langle}{\rangle}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\poissonbracket[2]{%
- \lbrace}{\rbrace}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\pb{\poissonbracket}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\commutator[2]{%
- \lbrack}{\rbrack}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\comm{\commutator}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\anticommutator[2]{%
- \lbrace}{\rbrace}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\acomm{\anticommutator}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Bra-ket notation}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand\braketspace{\mskip1mu}
-\newcommand\hep at midvert{%
- \braketspace\delimsize\vert\braketspace\makeleftdelim%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\braket}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\braket[2]{\langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\hep at midvert#2\braketspace}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\bra}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at bra[1]{%
- }{\langle}{\rvert}{\braketspace}{\braketspace#1\braketspace%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\bra}{smt\ket sgt\ketbra sgg}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#6}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*{#2}{#8}}{\braket{#2}{#8}}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#7}{\bra*{#9}}{\bra{#9}}%
- }{
- \IfBooleanTF{#3}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{\braket*}{\braket}}{#2}{#5%
- }%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at bra*}{\hep at bra}{#2}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\ket}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\ket[1]{%
- \braketspace}{\lvert}{\rangle}{}{\braketspace\makeleftdelim#1\braketspace%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\ketbra}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\ketbra}{smm}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \ket*{#2}\bra*{#3}%
- }{%
- \ket{#2}\bra{#3}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\matrixelement}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\matrixelement[3]{%
- \langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\hep at midvert#2\hep at midvert#3\braketspace%
-}
-\newcommand\matrixel{\matrixelement}
-\newcommand\mel{\matrixelement}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\expectationvalue}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\hep at expvalue[1]{\langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\braketspace}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\expectationvalue}{som}{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at expvalue*}{\hep at expvalue}{#3}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\matrixelement*}{\matrixelement}{#2}{#3}{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand\ev{\expectationvalue}
-\newcommand\vev[1]{\expectationvalue[0]{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% End of "physics" conditional.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<package>\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package|math>
-%
% \section{Floats}
%
-%<*package|floats>
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<floats>\newif\ifhep at manualplacement\hep at manualplacementfalse
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% Adjust the \hologo{LaTeX} float placement defaults
% \begin{macrocode}
-\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0} % 1
-\setcounter{topnumber}{1} % 2
-\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1} % 2
-\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9} % .7
-\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9} % .7
-\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1} % .2
-\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8} % .5
+\RequirePackage[
+ manualplacement=\ifhep at manualplacement true\else false \fi
+]{hep-float}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{environment}{figure}
-% \begin{environment}{table}
-% Center the content of "figure" and "table" environments.
-% Ignore the manual placement if the "manualplacement" option is set to false.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at figure\figure%
-\let\end at hep@figure\endfigure%
-\let\hep at table\table%
-\let\end at hep@table\endtable%
-\ifhep at manualplacement%
- \renewenvironment{figure}[1][tbp]{%
- \hep at figure[#1]\centering%
- }{\end at hep@figure}%
- \renewenvironment{table}[1][tbp]{%
- \hep at table[#1]\centering%
- }{\end at hep@table}%
-\else%
- \renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%
- \hep at figure\centering%
- }{\end at hep@figure}%
- \renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
- \hep at table\centering%
- }{\end at hep@table}
-\fi%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%</package|floats>
-%
-% \subsection{Sub-floats}
-%
-%<*package>
-%
% \begin{macro}{\ifhep at journal}
% Define a new journal conditional.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifhep at journal
\ifhep at sissa\hep at journaltrue
-\else
- \ifhep at revtex\hep at journaltrue
- \else
- \ifhep at pos\hep at journaltrue
- \else
- \ifhep at springer\hep at journaltrue
+\else\ifhep at revtex\hep at journaltrue
+ \else\ifhep at pos\hep at journaltrue
+ \else\ifhep at springer\hep at journaltrue
\else\hep at journalfalse
\fi
\fi
@@ -2312,64 +858,8 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%<*package|floats>
-%
-% Load the \software{subcaption} package \cite{subcaption}.
-% Provide the old "\subcaption at minipage" macro.
+% Readjust the document captions to look like the original revtex captions using the \software{ragged2e} package \cite{ragged2e}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[subrefformat=parens]{subcaption}
-\captionsetup{font=small}
-\captionsetup[sub]{font=small}
-\providecommand*\subcaption at minipage[2]{%
- \minipage#1{#2}\setcaptionsubtype\relax%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{environment}{panels}
-% \begin{macro}{\panel}
-% Define the "panels" environment and the "\panel" macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\hep at panels@space}{20}
-\newenvironment{panels}[2][b]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define an internal macro for global behaviour.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand{\begin at subcaption@minipage}[2][b]{%
- \caption at withoptargs\subcaption at minipage[##1]{##2}%
- \centering\vskip 0pt%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the "\panel" macro for the case that the number of panels is given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdim#2pt>1pt%
- \newcommand{\hep at panel@space}{%
- (1-#2+\hep at panels@space)/\hep at panels@space%
- }%
- \newcommand{\panel}[1][b]{%
- \endminipage\hfill\begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{%
- \linewidth/#2*\hep at panel@space%
- }%
- }%
- \begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{\linewidth/#2*\hep at panel@space}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the "\panel" macro for the case that the width of the panel is given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else%
- \newcommand{\panel}[2][b]{%
- \endminipage\hfill\begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{##2\linewidth}%
- }%
- \begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{#2\linewidth}%
- \fi%
-}{\endminipage}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%</package|floats>
-%<*package>
-%
-% Reajust the captions to the revtex class using the \software{ragged2e} package \cite{ragged2e}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
\ifhep at revtex
\RequirePackage{ragged2e}
\DeclareCaptionFormat{revtex}{#1#2\justifying{#3}}
@@ -2380,898 +870,23 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%
-% \subsection{Tables}
-%
-%<*package|floats>
-%
-% \begin{environment}{tabular}
-% Enhance tabulars with the \software{booktabs} and \software{multirow} packages \cite{booktabs, multirow}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{booktabs}
-\RequirePackage{multirow}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-
-% \subsection{Figures}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\graphic}
-% Provide the "\graphic" macro for the inclusion of figures using the \software{graphicx} package \cite{graphicx}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{graphicx}
-\providecommand{\tikzsetnextfilename}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\graphic}[2][1]{\tikzsetnextfilename{#2}{%
- \centering\includegraphics[width=#1\linewidth]{#2}\par%
-}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\graphics}
-% Provide the "\graphics" macro for the inclusion of figures located in a subfolder.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\graphics}[1]{\graphicspath{{./#1/}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|floats>
-%
% \section{Title page}
%
-%<*package|title>
-%
-% Redefine previous macros just for the title package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifhep at first%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package|title>
-%<*package>
-%
-% Define title internal conditionals outside of main conditional.
-% TODO: replace this hack
% Begin of "title" conditional.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifnewaffil%
-\ifhep at title
+\ifhep at title\RequirePackage{hep-title}\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%<*package|title>
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\hep at multi@ref}
-% Transform reference list to list of references.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\hep at multi@ref}[1]{%
- \hep at firsttrue%
- \forcsvlist{%
- \ifhep at first\hep at firstfalse\else\textsuperscript,\fi\ref%
- }{#1}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Redefine the email macro for the title page.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\email}[2][]{\unskip\thanks[#1]{\hep at email{#2}}}%
-\AtBeginDocument{
- \let\hep at maketitle\maketitle
- \renewcommand\maketitle{\hep at maketitle\let\email\hep at email}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Preprint and title}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Preprint}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\preprintfont}
-% Define the "\preprintfont" macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at preprint@font\relax
-\newcommand{\preprintfont}[1]{\def\hep at preprint@font{#1}}
-\preprintfont{\scshape\small}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\preprint}
-% Define the "\preprint" macro using the \software{varwidth} package \cite{varwidth}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at preprint\relax
-\newcommand\preprint[1]{\def\hep at preprint{#1}}
-\RequirePackage{varwidth}
-\newcommand{\hep at preprint@box}{%
- \begin{varwidth}{\textwidth}%
- \hep at preprint@font\hep at preprint%
- \end{varwidth}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\placepreprint}
-% Places a preprint number in the top right corner of the title page using the \software{atbegshi} \cite{atbegshi} and \software{picture} \cite{picture} packages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<title>\RequirePackage{calc}
-\RequirePackage{atbegshi}
-\RequirePackage{picture}
-\newcommand{\placepreprint}{%
- \AtBeginShipoutFirst{%
- \put(
- \textwidth+\oddsidemargin-\widthof{\hep at preprint@box},
- -2pt-\topmargin-\heightof{\hep at preprint@box}
- ){\normalfont\hep at preprint@box}
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Series}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\series}
-% Define a series title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\preseries}[1]{\def\hep at pre@series{#1}}
-\newcommand{\series}[1]{\def\hep at series{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postseries}[1]{\def\hep at post@series{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\seriesfont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the series title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at series@font\relax
-\newcommand{\seriesfont}[1]{\def\hep at series@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set the default series title layout.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\preseries{\begin{center}\Large\hep at series@font}
-\postseries{\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Title}
-%
-% Extend the title using the \software{titling} package \cite{titling}.
-% Fix the footnote indent.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{titling}
-\setlength{\thanksmarkwidth}{1.5em}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\maketitlehooka}
-% Place the preprint and the series title using "\maketitlehooka".
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\maketitlehooka}{%
- \placepreprint\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
- \@ifundefined{hep at series}{}{%
- \hep at pre@series\hep at series\hep at post@series%
- }%
- \vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\titlefont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the the title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at title@font\relax
-\newcommand{\titlefont}[1]{\def\hep at title@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Set default title layout.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\pretitle{\begin{center}\LARGE\hep at title@font}
-\posttitle{\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-
-% \subsubsection{Subtitle}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\subtitle}
-% Define a subtitle.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\presubtitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@sub at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\subtitle}[1]{\def\hep at sub@title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postsubtitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@sub at title{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\subtitlefont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the subtitle.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at subtitle@font\relax
-\newcommand{\subtitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at subtitle@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set default subtitle layout.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\presubtitle{\begin{center}\Large\hep at subtitle@font}
-\postsubtitle{\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Authors and Editors}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Editors}
-%
-% Define editors, similar to authors using the \software{authblk} package.
-% Enable the handling of multiple authors with different affiliations using the \software{authblk} package \cite{authblk}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{authblk}
-\newcounter{editors}
-\newcommand\hep at editorlist{}
-\newcommand\hep at editors{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\editor}
-% Copy of the "authblk" author code adjusted for editors.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\editor[2][]{%
- \ifnewaffil%
- \addtocounter{affil}{1}%
- \edef\AB at thenote{\arabic{affil}}%
- \fi%
- \if\relax#1\relax%
- \def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}%
- \else%
- \def\AB at note{#1}\setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}%
- \fi%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>1\relax%
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c at editors}{\Authsep}%
- \fi%
- \addtocounter{editors}{1}%
- \begingroup%
- \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect \let\and\AB at pand%
- \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\hep at editors}{%
- \def\\{%
- \protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont\protect\AB at resetsep%
- }%
- \xdef\hep at editor{\AB at blk@and#2}%
- \ifnewaffil%
- \gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB at as{}%
- \xdef\hep at editors{\the\@temptokena\AB at blk@and}%
- \else%
- \xdef\hep at editors{\the\@temptokena\AB at as\AB at au@str}%
- \global\let\AB at las\AB at lasx\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authands}%
- \gdef\AB at as{\Authsep}%
- \fi%
- \gdef\AB at au@str{#2}%
- }%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\hep at editorlist}%
- \let\\=\editorcr%
- \xdef\hep at editorlist{%
- \the\@temptokena%
- \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at editors}%
- \protect\Authfont#2%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else%
- \protect\hep at multi@ref{\AB at note}%
- \fi%
- }%
- \endgroup%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>2\relax%
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c at editors}{\Authands}%
- \fi%
- \newaffilfalse%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\editorfont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the editors.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at editor@font\relax
-\newcommand{\editorfont}[1]{\def\hep at editor@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\preditor}
-% \begin{macro}{\postditor}
-% Set editor style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\preeditor}[1]{\def\hep at pre@editor{#1}}
-\newcommand{\posteditor}[1]{\def\hep at post@editor{#1}}
-\newcommand{\editortitle}[2]{
- \def\hep at editor@title{#1}
- \def\hep at editor@title at pl{#2}
-}
-\newcommand{\editortitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at editor@title at font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preeditortitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@editor at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\posteditortitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@editor at title{#1}}
-\editortitle{Editor}{Editors}
-\editortitlefont{\itshape}
-\preeditortitle{\hep at editor@title at font}
-\posteditortitle{: }
-\preeditor{%
- \begin{center}%
- \large\hep at editor@font\lineskip.5em%
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c}{%
- \hep at pre@editor at title%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>1\relax%
- \hep at editor@title at pl%
- \else%
- \hep at editor@title%
- \fi%
- \hep at post@editor at title%
- }%
-}
-\posteditor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\maketitlehookb}
-% Show subtitle and editor.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\maketitlehookb}{%
- \@ifundefined{hep at sub@title}{}{%
- \hep at pre@sub at title\hep at sub@title\hep at post@sub at title%
- }%
- \smallskip%
- \ifx\hep at editorlist\AB at empty\else%
- \hep at pre@editor\hep at editorlist\hep at post@editor%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Authors}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\author}
-% Allow absent author field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \author{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Switch authblk to a label ref system for affiliations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<title>\RequirePackage{xpatch}
-\xpatchcmd{\author}{%
- \protect\Authfont#2\AB at authnote{\AB at note}%
-}{%
- \protect\Authfont#2%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else\unskip\protect\hep at multi@ref{\AB at note}\fi%
-}{}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\authorfont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the individual parts of the title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at author@font\relax
-\newcommand{\authorfont}[1]{\def\hep at author@font{#1}}
-\renewcommand\Authfont{\hep at author@font}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set default author fontface.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\authortitle}[2]{
- \def\hep at author@title{#1}
- \def\hep at author@title at pl{#2}
-}
-\newcommand{\authortitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at author@title at font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preauthortitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@author at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postauthortitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@author at title{#1}}
-\authortitle{Author}{Authors}
-\authortitlefont{\itshape}
-\preauthortitle{\hep at author@title at font}
-\postauthortitle{: }
-\preauthor{%
- \begin{center}%
- \large\hep at author@font\lineskip.5em%
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c}{%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>0\relax%
- \hep at pre@author at title%
- \ifnum\value{authors}>1\relax%
- \hep at author@title at pl\else\hep at author@title%
- \fi\hep at post@author at title%
- \fi%
- }%
-}
-\postauthor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Affiliation}
-%
-% Patch the "\affiliation" macro to comply with the label ref system.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{affiliation}
-\renewcommand{\theaffiliation}{%
- \textsuperscript{\normalfont\alph{affiliation}}%
-}
-\xpatchcmd{\affil}{%
- \AB at affilnote{\AB at note}%
-}{%
- \protect\refstepcounter{affiliation}\protect\label{\AB at note}%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else\protect\ref{\AB at note}\fi%
-}{}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\affiliationfont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of affiliation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at affiliation@font\relax
-\newcommand{\affiliationfont}[1]{\def\hep at affiliation@font{#1}}
-%<title>\newif\ifhep at lining\hep at liningtrue
-\ifhep at lining
- \renewcommand{\Affilfont}{\small\hep at affiliation@font}
-\else
- \renewcommand{\Affilfont}{\small\ostyle\hep at affiliation@font}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\affiliation}
-% Define the "\affiliation" macro, ensure that linebreaks happen after a comma.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\hep at penalty{\if at twocolumn85\else50\fi}
-\newcommand\hep at active@comma{,\penalty-\hep at penalty\relax}
-\newcommand\hep at cat@comma at active{\catcode`\,\active}
-{\hep at cat@comma at active\gdef,{\hep at active@comma}}
-\newcommand\hep at affil[1]{%
- \endgroup\@flushglue=0pt plus .5\linewidth\affil{#1}%
-}
-\def\hep at affil@opt[#1]#2{%
- \endgroup\@flushglue=0pt plus .5\linewidth\affil[#1]{#2}%
-}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\hep at affiliation{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\hep at affil@opt}{\hep at affil}%
-}
-\newcommand{\affiliation}{%
- \begingroup\hep at cat@comma at active\hep at affiliation%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Date and Abstract}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Date}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\date}
-% Allow absent date field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\date{\vspace{-4ex}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\datefont}
-% Allow to change the fontface of the individual parts of the title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at date@font\relax
-\newcommand{\datefont}[1]{\def\hep at date@font{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set the default "date" fontface.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\predate{\begin{center}\hep at date@font}
-\postdate{\par\end{center}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Abstract}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{abstract}
-% Adjust the "abstract" environment to not start with indentation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{abstract}{}{%
- \let\hep at abstract\abstract%
- \renewcommand\abstract{\hep at abstract\noindent\ignorespaces}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \begin{environment}{abstract*}
-% Add a "abstract*" environment for two column mode taking also care of placing the title using the \software{environ} \cite{environ} and \software{abstract} \cite{abstract} packages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if at twocolumn
- \RequirePackage{environ}
- \RequirePackage{abstract}
- \renewcommand{\abstitleskip}{-3ex}
- \NewEnviron{abstract*}{%
- \twocolumn[\maketitle\vspace{-5ex}%
- \begin{onecolabstract}\noindent\BODY\end{onecolabstract}%
- \vspace{.5cm}]\saythanks%
- }%
- \else
- \newenvironment{abstract*}{%
- \maketitle\begin{abstract}%
- }{%
- \end{abstract}%
- }
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \subsection{Thanks}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thanks} Redefine thank to have a optional argument for a reference label.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at thanks\thanks
-\AtEndDocument{\let\thanks\hep at thanks}
-% \AddToHook{begindocument/begin}{\let\thanks\hep at thanks}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thanks[2][]{%
- \AfterEndPreamble{%
-% \AddToHook{begindocument/end}{%
- \if\relax#1\relax%
- \footnotemark%
- \else%
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\textsuperscript{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}}%
- \protect\refstepcounter{footnote}\protect\label{#1}%
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@arabic\c at footnote}%
- \fi%
- \protected at xdef\@thanks{%
- \@thanks\protect\footnotetext[\the\c at footnote]{#2}%
- }
- \if at twocolumn
- \protected at xdef\@bs at thanks{%
- \@bs at thanks\protect\footnotetext[\the\c at footnote]{#2}%
- }%
- \fi%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|title>
-%<*package>
-%
-% End of "title" conditional.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-
% \section{Bibliography}
%
-% Check if bibliography management is requested.
+% Check if bibliography management is requested using the \software{pdftexcmds} package \cite{pdftexcmds}.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at bibliography}{false}=0\else
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%</package>
-%<*package|bibliography>
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<bibliography>\def\hep at bibliography{numeric-comp}
-%<bibliography>\newif\ifhep at journal\hep at journalfalse
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibliography}
-% Load the \software{biblatex} package \cite{biblatex} with the datamodel defined in \cref{sec:data model}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[style=\hep at bibliography, datamodel=hep-paper]{biblatex}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{hep-paper}
-% Provide the "\DeclareSortingTemplate" macro for older "biblatex" installations.
-% Define a new sorting template that sorts only multi key "\cite" entries according to their date and leaves the rest of the bibliography entries in the order they appear in the text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\DeclareSortingTemplate}{\DeclareSortingScheme}
-\DeclareSortingTemplate{hep-paper}{
- \sort{\citeorder}
- \sort[final]{\field{sortkey}}
- \sort{\field{sortyear} \field{year} \literal{9999}}
- \sort{\field{month}}
- \sort{\field{eprint} \field{doi}}
- \sort{\field{sorttitle} \field{title}}
- \sort{\field{subtitle} \field{volume}}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Use the new sorting scheme and abbreviat all first names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{
- sorting=hep-paper,
- safeinputenc,
- giveninits=true,
- maxbibnames=7
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Shrink the biblography in two column mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep at journal\else
- \if at twocolumn
- \AtBeginBibliography{\small}
- \setlength\biblabelsep{\labelsep}
- \fi
+ \RequirePackage[style=\hep at bibliography]{hep-bibliography}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{translationof}
-% Redefine the "translationof" string to fit better to documents without a original title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{translationof={Original}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{erratum}
-% Add new bibliography string \enquote{Erratum} for the use in the "relatedtype" field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewBibliographyString{erratum,erratums}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{erratum={Erratum},erratums={Errata}}
-\providecommand{\relateddelimerratum}{\addsemicolon\space}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Activate the Oxford comma when using "british" and separate title and subtitle with a colon.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DefineBibliographyExtras{british}{\def\finalandcomma{\addcomma}}
-\renewcommand{\subtitlepunct}{\addcolon\addspace}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printbibliography}
-% Allow the bibliography to be printed sloppy
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at printbibliography\printbibliography
-\renewcommand{\printbibliography}{\sloppy\hep at printbibliography}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \subsection{Sourcemap}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\reg at exp@one}
-% \begin{macro}{\reg at exp@two}
-% \begin{macro}{\reg at exp@url}
-% \begin{macro}{\reg at exp@pmc}
-% Define regular expressions in order to deal with inconsistent journal title and volume naming as well as \URL protocols and the PMCID.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@one}{\regexp{\A(\p{L}+)?\d+(\p{L}+)?\Z}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@two}{\regexp{\A(\p{L}+)?(\d+)(\p{L}+)?\Z}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@url}{\regexp{\A(ht|f)tp(s)?:\/\/}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@pmc}{\regexp{\A(PMC)?}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\DeclareSourcemap}
-% Use the "\DeclareSourcemap" feature.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareSourcemap{%
- \maps[datatype=bibtex, overwrite=true]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{collaboration}
-% Read the collaboration information if present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map{%
- \step[fieldsource=Collaboration, final=true]%
- \step[fieldset=collaboration, origfieldval, final=true]
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{reportnumber}
-% Read the pre-print information if present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map{%
- \step[fieldsource=reportNumber, final=true]%
- \step[fieldset=reportnumber, origfieldval, final=true]
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{journal}
-% Move letters from the volume field to the journal field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map[overwrite]{
- \pertype{article}
- \step[fieldsource=volume, match=\reg at exp@one, final]
- \step[fieldsource=volume, match=\reg at exp@two, replace={$2}]
- \step[fieldsource=journal, fieldtarget=journaltitle]
- \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue={\space$1$2}, append=true]
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{url}
-% Remove the protocol from \URL.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map{
- \step[fieldsource=url, final=true]
- \step[fieldset=protocollessurl, origfieldval, final=true]
- \step[fieldsource=protocollessurl, match=\reg at exp@url, replace={}]
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{pmc}
-% Remove the PMC from the PMCID.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \map{
- \step[fieldsource=pmcid, final=true]
- \step[fieldset=pmc, origfieldval, final=true]
- \step[fieldsource=pmc, match=\reg at exp@pmc, replace={}]
- }
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\letbibmacro}
-% Provide the "\letbibmacro" macro for old "biblatex" installations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\letbibmacro}[2]{\csletcs{abx at macro@#1}{abx at macro@#2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{collaboration}
-% Execute the author macro even if only the collaboration information if present and override the author information with collaboration information if present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewbibmacro*{author/translator+others}{%
- \ifboolexpr{
- test \ifuseauthor and (
- not test {\ifnameundef{author}} or
- not test {\iffieldundef{collaboration}}
- )
- }
- {\usebibmacro{author}}
- {\usebibmacro{translator+others}}
-}
-\letbibmacro{hep at bib@author}{author}
-\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
- \iffieldundef{collaboration}{%
- \usebibmacro{hep at bib@author}}{\textit{\printfield{collaboration}}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{In:}
-% Remove spurious \enquote{In:} if no journal is present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewbibmacro*{in:}{%
- \iffieldundef{journaltitle}{}{\printtext{\bibstring{in}\intitlepunct}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{reportnumber}
-% Print the "reportnumber" as commalist
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<bibliography>\RequirePackage{relsize}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{reportnumber}{%
- \edef\commalistbody{\forcsvfield{%
- \egroup\noexpand\item\unexpanded{\bgroup\smaller[.5]\textsc}
- }{reportnumber}}%
- \expandafter\commalist\commalistbody\egroup\endcommalist%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{url}
-% Show \URLs without the protocol.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{%
- \mkbibacro{URL}\addcolon\space\online{#1}{\thefield{protocollessurl}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bib at online}
-% Private "\bib at online" macro
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\bib at online}[2]{%
- \ifhyperref{\online{#1}{#2}}{\nolinkurl{#2}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{pmid}
-% \begin{macro}{pmcid}
-% Present PubMed IDs.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pmid}{%
- \mkbibacro{PM}\addcolon\space%
- \bib at online{https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/#1}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pmc}{%
- \mkbibacro{PMC}\addcolon\space%
- \bib at online{https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC#1}{#1}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{pmcid}
-% \begin{macro}{pmid}
-% \begin{macro}{reportnumber}
-% Add the pre-print and PubMed information if present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\letbibmacro{hep-doi+eprint+url}{doi+eprint+url}
-\renewbibmacro*{doi+eprint+url}{%
- \usebibmacro{hep-doi+eprint+url}
- \iffieldundef{pmc}{%
- \iffieldundef{pmid}{}{\printfield{pmid}\newunit}%
- }{\printfield{pmc}\newunit}
- \iffieldundef{reportnumber}{}{%
- \newunitpunct\textnumero\intitlepunct%
- \printfield{reportnumber}\newunit%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \subsection{Eprints}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\new at eprint}
-% Private "\new at eprint" macro
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\new at eprint}{smm}{
- \DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:#2}{%
- \newcommand{\@path}{\IfBooleanT{#1}{\thefield{eprintclass}/}##1}%
- #2\addcolon\space\bib at online{#3/\@path}{\@path}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{CTAN}
-% Add CTAN as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new at eprint{CTAN}{https://ctan.org/pkg}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:ctan}{eprint:CTAN}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{GitHub}
-% Add GitHub as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new at eprint*{GitHub}{https://github.com}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:github}{eprint:GitHub}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{GitLab}
-% Add GitLab as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new at eprint*{GitLab}{https://gitlab.com}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:gitlab}{eprint:GitLab}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{Bitbucket}
-% Add Bitbucket as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new at eprint*{Bitbucket}{https://bitbucket.org}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:bitbucket}{eprint:Bitbucket}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{Launchpad}
-% Add Launchpad as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new at eprint{Launchpad}{https://launchpad.net}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:launchpad}{eprint:Launchpad}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{SourceForge}
-% Add SourceForge as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\new at eprint{SourceForge}{https://sourceforge.net/projects}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:launchpad}{eprint:SourceForge}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{HEPForge}
-% Add HEPForge as a eprint option
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:hepforge}{%
- HEPForge\addcolon\space\bib at online{https://#1/hepforge.org}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:HEPForge}{eprint:hepforge}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%</package|bibliography>
-%<*package>
-%
-% End check for bibliography option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-
% \section{Hyperlinks, Footnotes and References} \label{sec:hyperlinks}
%
% Load the \software{hyperref} package \cite{hyperref} enable Unicode encoding and hide links.
@@ -3443,389 +1058,318 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% Begin of bibliography if.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at bibliography}{false}=0\else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define bibstrings for reference names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewBibliographyString{refname}
-\NewBibliographyString{refsname}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{%
- refname = {reference},
- refsname = {references}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\ccite}
-% \begin{macro}{\Ccite}
-% Define \emph{clever} citation macros.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite}{%
- \ifnum\thecitetotal=1
- \bibstring{refname}%
- \else%
- \bibstring{refsname}%
- \fi%
- \addnbspace\bibopenbracket%
- \usebibmacro{cite:init}\usebibmacro{prenote}%
-}{\usebibmacro{citeindex}\usebibmacro{cite:comp}}{}{%
- \usebibmacro{cite:dump}\usebibmacro{postnote}%
- \bibclosebracket%
-}
-
-\newrobustcmd*{\Ccite}{\bibsentence\ccite}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% End of biblatex if.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-
% \section{Acronyms}
%
% Define acronyms if not deactivated.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifhep at glossaries
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%<*package|acronyms>
-%
-% Acronyms are implemented with the \software{glossaries-extra} package \cite{glossaries-extra} which is an extension of the \software{glossaries} package \cite{glossaries} and must be loaded after the \software{hyperref} package in \cref{sec:hyperlinks}.
+% Acronyms are implemented in the \software{hep-acronym} package \cite{hep-acronym} and must be loaded after the \software{hyperref} package in \cref{sec:hyperlinks}.
% Set the abbreviation style.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[nostyles]{glossaries-extra}
-\setabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
+\ifhep at glossaries\RequirePackage{hep-acronym}\fi
% \end{macrocode}
-% The entry count feature is used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\glsenableentrycount
-\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide macros for older "glossaries-extra" installations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtEndOfPackage{
- \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{
- \providecommand{\glsxtrusefield}[2]{\@gls at entry@field{#1}{#2}}
- \providecommand{\glsxtrsetfieldifexists}[3]{\glsdoifexists{#1}{#3}}
- \providecommand{\gGlsXtrSetField}[3]{%
- \glsxtrsetfieldifexists{#1}{#2}{%
- \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}{#3}%
- }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Hyperlinks from the abbreviation to their definition in the text are set.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{nohyperfirst}{true}
- \renewcommand*{\glsdonohyperlink}[2]{{%
- \glsxtrprotectlinks\edef\fieldvalue{%
- \glsxtrusefield{\glslabel}{hastarget}%
- }%
- \ifdefstring\fieldvalue{true}{#2}{%
- \gGlsXtrSetField{\glslabel}{hastarget}{true}%
- \glsdohypertarget{#1}{#2}%
- }%
- }}
- }{\providecommand{\pdfstringdefDisableCommands}[1]{}}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\begin at sentence}
-% Mark the beginning of a paragraph as if it would follow a full stop using the \software{everyhook} package \cite{everyhook}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[excludeor]{everyhook}
-\newcommand{\begin at sentence}{1001}
-\PushPostHook{par}{{\spacefactor=\begin at sentence}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+%</package>
%
-% \begin{macro}{\frenchspacing}
-% Adjust the "\frenchspacing" macro to be compatibel with this idea.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.\begin at sentence \sfcode`\?\begin at sentence
- \sfcode`\!\begin at sentence \sfcode`\:\begin at sentence
- \sfcode`\;\@m \sfcode`\,\@m
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \section{Tests}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\if at begin@of at sentence}
-% Provide a macro checking for the beginning of a sentence by examining the length of the preceeding space.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\if at begin@of at sentence}[2]{\leavevmode\protecting{%
- \ifboolexpr{ test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{3000}} or%
- test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{2000}} or%
- test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{\begin at sentence}}%
- }{#1}{#2}%
-}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \subsection{JHEP}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\acronym}
-% The "\acronym"\meta{*}\oarg{typeset abbreviation}\marg{abbreviation}\meta{*}\marg{definition}\oarg{plural\linebreak[4] definition} macro is defined.
-% \begin{enumerate}[nosep, label=\#\arabic*]
-% \item star for omitting the \enquote{s} in the short plural
-% \item optional typeset abbreviation
-% \item mandatory abbreviation
-% \item star for restoring the \hologo{TeX} default for space after text macros
-% \item mandatory long form
-% \item optional plural long form
-% \end{enumerate}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<acronyms>\RequirePackage{xspace}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\acronym}{somsmo}{
- \newabbreviation[
- type=\acronymtype,
- sort=#3,
- \glsshortpluralkey=\IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}},
- longplural=\IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6}
- ]{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}}{#5}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{%
- \ifglsused{#3}{\cgls{#3}[##1]}{\cGls{#3}[##1]}%
- }{\cgls{#3}[##1]}%
- \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount{#3}>1\relax
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}%
- \else\@\xspace\fi
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the singular acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2} }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \text{\glsxtrshort{#3}}\@gls at increment@currcount{#3}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{\cGlspl{#3}[##1]}{\cglspl{#3}[##1]}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the plural acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}} }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \text{\glsxtrshortpl{#3}}\@gls at increment@currcount{#3}%
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+%<*testJHEP>
%
-% \begin{macro}{\shortacronym}
-% The "\shortacronym" never expands into the long form.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\shortacronym}{somsmo}{
+\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt]{article}
+
+\usepackage{jheppub}
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\emailAdd{first at email.com}
+\author[a]{First author}
+\emailAdd{second at email.com}
+\author[b]{Second author}
+\affiliation[a]{First affiliation}
+\affiliation[b]{Second affiliation}
+
+\abstract{\blindtext}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}\IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the singular acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2} }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \text{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the plural acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}} }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro in math mode.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \text{\IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}}}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\longacronym}
-% The "\longacronym" never shows the abbreviated form.
+%</testJHEP>
+%
+% \subsection{JCAP}
+%
+%<*testJCAP>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\longacronym}{somsmo}{
+\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt]{article}
+
+\usepackage{jcappub}
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\emailAdd{first at email.com}
+\author[a]{First author}
+\emailAdd{second at email.com}
+\author[b]{Second author}
+\affiliation[a]{First affiliation}
+\affiliation[b]{Second affiliation}
+
+\abstract{\blindtext}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the singular acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}acronyms
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{\MakeUppercase#5}{#5}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the singular acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{#5 }}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Provide the plural acronym macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{\MakeUppercase#5s}{\MakeUppercase#6}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6}}\IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Expand the plural acronym macro in \PDF labels.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6} }%
- }
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Silence warning if no acronyms are defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand*{\@gls at write@entrycounts}{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\providecommand*{\string\@gls at entry@count}[2]{}
- }%
- \count@=0\relax
- \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
- \glshasattribute{\@glsentry}{entrycount}{%
- \ifglsused{\@glsentry}{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\@gls at entry@count{\@glsentry}{%
- \glsentrycurrcount{\@glsentry}%
- }
- }%
- }{}\advance\count@ by \@ne
- }{}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\resetacronym}
-% \begin{macro}{\dummyacronym}
-% Add two macros for acronym management.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\resetacronym}[1]{\protect\glsreset{#1}}
-\newcommand{\dummyacronym}[1]{\protect\glsunset{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{abstract}
-% Adjust the "abstract" environment to reset all acronym counters.
+%</testJCAP>
+%
+% \subsection{AMSArt}
+%
+%<*testAMSArt>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{endabstract}{}{%
- \let\end at hep@abstract\endabstract%
- \renewcommand\endabstract{\glsresetall\end at hep@abstract}%
-}
+\documentclass{amsart}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{title}
+
+\author{Author}
+\address{Address 1}
+\email{first at email.com}
+\author{Author 2}
+\email{second at email.com}
+\address{Address 2}
+
+\date{date}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
-% \begin{macro}{\listoffigures}
-% \begin{macro}{\listoftables}
-% Adjust the "\tableofcontents" macro to never show the long form of acronyms.
+%</testAMSArt>
+%
+% \subsection{Beamer}
+%
+%<*testBeamer>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\hep at table@of at contents\tableofcontents
-\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at table@of at contents\glsresetall%
-}
-\let\hep at list@of at figures\listoffigures
-\renewcommand\listoffigures{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at list@of at figures\glsresetall%
-}
-\let\hep at list@of at tables\listoftables
-\renewcommand\listoftables{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at list@of at tables\glsresetall%
-}
+\documentclass{beamer}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{Title}
+\subtitle{Subtitle}
+\author{Author}
+\institute{Institute}
+\date{Event}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\frame{\titlepage}
+
+\begin{frame}{Frame title}
+\blindtext
+\end{frame}
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\acronyms}
-% Add a possibility to have different groups of acronyms.
+%</testBeamer>
+%
+% \subsection{PoS}
+%
+%<*testPoS>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\acronyms}{om}{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#1}{
- \newglossary{#2}{#2.in}{#2.out}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{#2}%
- }{
- \newglossary{#1}{#1.in}{#1.out}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{#1}%
- }
+\documentclass{PoS}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english,title=false]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\author{First author \thanks{first at email.com}}
+\author{
+\speaker{Second author is speaker}\\
+First affiliation\\
+E-mail: \email{second at email.com}
}
+\author{Third author \thanks{\email{third at email.com}}\\Second affiliation}
+\author{Fourth author\\Third affiliation}
+\FullConference{Full conference}
+\ShortTitle{Short title}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-%</package|acronyms>
-%<*package>
+%</testPoS>
%
-% End of glossaries if.
+% \subsection{RevTeX}
+%
+%<*testRevTeX>
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
+\documentclass[
+ aps,
+ prl,
+ reprint,
+ nofootinbib,
+ nobibnotes,
+ superscriptaddress,
+ preprintnumbers,
+]{revtex4-2}
+
+\usepackage{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Title}
+
+\author{First author}
+\email[E-mail me at: ]{first at email.com}
+\affiliation{First affiliation}
+\author{Second author}
+\email{second at email.com}
+\affiliation{Second affiliation}
+\affiliation{Third affiliation}
+\author{Third author}
+\affiliation{Fourth affiliation}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%</package>
-%</package|title|font|math|floats|acronyms|bibliography>
+%</testRevTeX>
%
-% \section{Biblatex datamodel file} \label{sec:data model}
+% \subsection{Springer}
%
-%<*datamodel>
+%<*testSpringer>
%
-% \begin{macro}{collaboration}
-% \begin{macro}{pmid}
-% \begin{macro}{pmcid}
-% \begin{macro}{pmc}
-% \begin{macro}{reportnumber}
-% \begin{macro}{protocollessurl}
-% Define the "dbx" file containing the "hep-paper" datamodel.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{
- collaboration, pmid, pmcid, pmc,
+\documentclass[twocolumn,epjc3]{svjour3}
+
+\usepackage[lang=english]{hep-paper}
+\usepackage[math]{blindtext}
+
+\journalname{Journal name}
+
+\title{Title\thanksref{title}}
+
+\titlerunning{Short title}
+
+\subtitle{Subtitle}
+
+\thankstext{title}{Title thanks}
+
+\authorrunning{Short form of author list}
+
+\thankstext{email1}{e-mail: first at email.com}
+\thankstext{email2}{e-mail: second at email.com}
+
+\institute{
+ First address \label{address1} \and
+ Second address \label{address2} \and
+ \emph{Present Address:} if needed\label{address3}
}
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, format=xsv, datatype=literal]{
- reportnumber,
+
+\date{Received: date / Accepted: date}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\author{
+ First Author\thanksref{email1,address1} \and
+ Second Author\thanksref{email2,address2,address3}
}
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=uri]{protocollessurl}
-\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{
- collaboration, pmid, pmcid, pmc, reportnumber, protocollessurl,
-}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+\blindtext
+\end{abstract}
+
+\Blinddocument
+
+\end{document}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
-%</datamodel>
+%</testSpringer>
%
+% \section{Readme}
+%
+%<*readme>
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+# The `hep-paper` package
+
+A `LaTeX` package for publications in High Energy Physics.
+
+## Introduction
+
+The `hep-paper` package aims to provide a single style file containing most configurations and macros necessary to write appealing publications in High Energy Physics.
+Instead of reinventing the wheel by introducing newly created macros `hep-paper` preferably loads third party packages as long as they are lightweight enough.
+
+For usual publications it is enough to load additionally to the `article` class without optional arguments only the `hep-paper` package.
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{hep-paper}
+
+## Author
+
+Jan Hajer
+
+## License
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the `LaTeX` Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in `http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt` and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%</readme>
+%
% \Finale
\endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.ins 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -29,13 +29,14 @@
\generate{
\file{hep-paper-documentation.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{documentation}}
\file{hep-paper.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{package}}
- \file{hep-title.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{title}}
- \file{hep-font.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{font}}
- \file{hep-math.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{math}}
- \file{hep-floats.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{floats}}
- \file{hep-acronyms.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{acronyms}}
- \file{hep-bibliography.sty}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{bibliography}}
- \file{hep-paper.dbx}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{datamodel}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-amsart.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testAMSArt}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-beamer.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testBeamer}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-jcap.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testJCAP}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-jhep.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testJHEP}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-pos.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testPoS}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-revtex.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testRevTeX}}
+ \file{hep-paper-test-springer.tex}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{testSpringer}}
+ \nopreamble\nopostamble\file{README-hep-paper.md}{\from{hep-paper-implementation.dtx}{readme}}
}
\Msg{*********************************************************}
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-acronyms.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-acronyms.sty 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-acronyms.sty 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hep-acronyms.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `acronyms')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
-%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{hep-acronyms}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Acronym macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand{\mathdef}{mO{0}m}{%
- \expandafter\let\csname hep at text\string#1\endcsname=#1
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname hep at math\string#1\endcsname[#2]{#3}
- \DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
- \ifmmode
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep at math\string#1\endcsname%
- \else
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep at text\string#1\endcsname%
- \fi
- \next
- }%
-}
-\RequirePackage[nostyles]{glossaries-extra}
-\setabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
-\glsenableentrycount
-\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
-\AtEndOfPackage{
- \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{
- \providecommand{\glsxtrusefield}[2]{\@gls at entry@field{#1}{#2}}
- \providecommand{\glsxtrsetfieldifexists}[3]{\glsdoifexists{#1}{#3}}
- \providecommand{\gGlsXtrSetField}[3]{%
- \glsxtrsetfieldifexists{#1}{#2}{%
- \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}{#3}%
- }%
- }
- \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{nohyperfirst}{true}
- \renewcommand*{\glsdonohyperlink}[2]{{%
- \glsxtrprotectlinks\edef\fieldvalue{%
- \glsxtrusefield{\glslabel}{hastarget}%
- }%
- \ifdefstring\fieldvalue{true}{#2}{%
- \gGlsXtrSetField{\glslabel}{hastarget}{true}%
- \glsdohypertarget{#1}{#2}%
- }%
- }}
- }{\providecommand{\pdfstringdefDisableCommands}[1]{}}
-}
-\RequirePackage[excludeor]{everyhook}
-\newcommand{\begin at sentence}{1001}
-\PushPostHook{par}{{\spacefactor=\begin at sentence}}
-\def\frenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.\begin at sentence \sfcode`\?\begin at sentence
- \sfcode`\!\begin at sentence \sfcode`\:\begin at sentence
- \sfcode`\;\@m \sfcode`\,\@m
-}
-\newcommand{\if at begin@of at sentence}[2]{\leavevmode\protecting{%
- \ifboolexpr{ test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{3000}} or%
- test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{2000}} or%
- test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{\begin at sentence}}%
- }{#1}{#2}%
-}}
-\RequirePackage{xspace}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\acronym}{somsmo}{
- \newabbreviation[
- type=\acronymtype,
- sort=#3,
- \glsshortpluralkey=\IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}},
- longplural=\IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6}
- ]{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}}{#5}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{%
- \ifglsused{#3}{\cgls{#3}[##1]}{\cGls{#3}[##1]}%
- }{\cgls{#3}[##1]}%
- \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount{#3}>1\relax
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}%
- \else\@\xspace\fi
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2} }%
- }
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \text{\glsxtrshort{#3}}\@gls at increment@currcount{#3}%
- }
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{\cGlspl{#3}[##1]}{\cglspl{#3}[##1]}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}} }%
- }
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \text{\glsxtrshortpl{#3}}\@gls at increment@currcount{#3}%
- }
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\shortacronym}{somsmo}{
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}\IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2} }%
- }
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \text{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}}%
- }
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}} }%
- }
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \text{\IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}}}%
- }%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\longacronym}{somsmo}{
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{\MakeUppercase#5}{#5}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{#5 }}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{\MakeUppercase#5s}{\MakeUppercase#6}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6}}\IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6} }%
- }
-}
-\renewcommand*{\@gls at write@entrycounts}{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\providecommand*{\string\@gls at entry@count}[2]{}
- }%
- \count@=0\relax
- \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
- \glshasattribute{\@glsentry}{entrycount}{%
- \ifglsused{\@glsentry}{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\@gls at entry@count{\@glsentry}{%
- \glsentrycurrcount{\@glsentry}%
- }
- }%
- }{}\advance\count@ by \@ne
- }{}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand{\resetacronym}[1]{\protect\glsreset{#1}}
-\newcommand{\dummyacronym}[1]{\protect\glsunset{#1}}
-\@ifundefined{endabstract}{}{%
- \let\end at hep@abstract\endabstract%
- \renewcommand\endabstract{\glsresetall\end at hep@abstract}%
-}
-\let\hep at table@of at contents\tableofcontents
-\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at table@of at contents\glsresetall%
-}
-\let\hep at list@of at figures\listoffigures
-\renewcommand\listoffigures{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at list@of at figures\glsresetall%
-}
-\let\hep at list@of at tables\listoftables
-\renewcommand\listoftables{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at list@of at tables\glsresetall%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\acronyms}{om}{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#1}{
- \newglossary{#2}{#2.in}{#2.out}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{#2}%
- }{
- \newglossary{#1}{#1.in}{#1.out}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{#1}%
- }
-}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hep-acronyms.sty'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-bibliography.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-bibliography.sty 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-bibliography.sty 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hep-bibliography.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `bibliography')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
-%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{hep-bibliography}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Bibliography macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-
-\providecommand{\online}[2]{\ttfamily{#2}}%
-\newcommand{\hep at email}[1]{\online{mailto:#1}{#1}}
-\providecommand\email{\hep at email}
-\AtEndOfPackage{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
- \renewcommand{\online}[2]{\href{#1}{\nolinkurl{#2}}}%
- }{}
-}
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\ExplSyntaxOn
-\NewDocumentEnvironment{commalist}{O{\space}+b}{
- \hep at comma@list:n{#2}
-}{#1}
-\seq_new:N \hep at items@sequence
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \hep at comma@list:n #1{
- \seq_set_split:Nnn \hep at items@sequence{\item}{#1}
- \seq_pop_left:NN \hep at items@sequence \l_tmpa_tl
- \seq_use:Nnnn \hep at items@sequence{~and~}{,~}{,~and~}
-}
-\ExplSyntaxOff
-\def\hep at bibliography{numeric-comp}
-\newif\ifhep at journal\hep at journalfalse
-\RequirePackage[style=\hep at bibliography, datamodel=hep-paper]{biblatex}
-\providecommand{\DeclareSortingTemplate}{\DeclareSortingScheme}
-\DeclareSortingTemplate{hep-paper}{
- \sort{\citeorder}
- \sort[final]{\field{sortkey}}
- \sort{\field{sortyear} \field{year} \literal{9999}}
- \sort{\field{month}}
- \sort{\field{eprint} \field{doi}}
- \sort{\field{sorttitle} \field{title}}
- \sort{\field{subtitle} \field{volume}}
-}
-\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{
- sorting=hep-paper,
- safeinputenc,
- giveninits=true,
- maxbibnames=7
-}
-\ifhep at journal\else
- \if at twocolumn
- \AtBeginBibliography{\small}
- \setlength\biblabelsep{\labelsep}
- \fi
-\fi
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{translationof={Original}}
-\NewBibliographyString{erratum,erratums}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{erratum={Erratum},erratums={Errata}}
-\providecommand{\relateddelimerratum}{\addsemicolon\space}
-\DefineBibliographyExtras{british}{\def\finalandcomma{\addcomma}}
-\renewcommand{\subtitlepunct}{\addcolon\addspace}
-\let\hep at printbibliography\printbibliography
-\renewcommand{\printbibliography}{\sloppy\hep at printbibliography}
-
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@one}{\regexp{\A(\p{L}+)?\d+(\p{L}+)?\Z}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@two}{\regexp{\A(\p{L}+)?(\d+)(\p{L}+)?\Z}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@url}{\regexp{\A(ht|f)tp(s)?:\/\/}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@pmc}{\regexp{\A(PMC)?}}
-\DeclareSourcemap{%
- \maps[datatype=bibtex, overwrite=true]{%
- \map{%
- \step[fieldsource=Collaboration, final=true]%
- \step[fieldset=collaboration, origfieldval, final=true]
- }%
- \map{%
- \step[fieldsource=reportNumber, final=true]%
- \step[fieldset=reportnumber, origfieldval, final=true]
- }%
- \map[overwrite]{
- \pertype{article}
- \step[fieldsource=volume, match=\reg at exp@one, final]
- \step[fieldsource=volume, match=\reg at exp@two, replace={$2}]
- \step[fieldsource=journal, fieldtarget=journaltitle]
- \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue={\space$1$2}, append=true]
- }
- \map{
- \step[fieldsource=url, final=true]
- \step[fieldset=protocollessurl, origfieldval, final=true]
- \step[fieldsource=protocollessurl, match=\reg at exp@url, replace={}]
- }
- \map{
- \step[fieldsource=pmcid, final=true]
- \step[fieldset=pmc, origfieldval, final=true]
- \step[fieldsource=pmc, match=\reg at exp@pmc, replace={}]
- }
- }%
-}
-\providecommand{\letbibmacro}[2]{\csletcs{abx at macro@#1}{abx at macro@#2}}
-\renewbibmacro*{author/translator+others}{%
- \ifboolexpr{
- test \ifuseauthor and (
- not test {\ifnameundef{author}} or
- not test {\iffieldundef{collaboration}}
- )
- }
- {\usebibmacro{author}}
- {\usebibmacro{translator+others}}
-}
-\letbibmacro{hep at bib@author}{author}
-\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
- \iffieldundef{collaboration}{%
- \usebibmacro{hep at bib@author}}{\textit{\printfield{collaboration}}%
- }%
-}
-\renewbibmacro*{in:}{%
- \iffieldundef{journaltitle}{}{\printtext{\bibstring{in}\intitlepunct}}%
-}
-\RequirePackage{relsize}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{reportnumber}{%
- \edef\commalistbody{\forcsvfield{%
- \egroup\noexpand\item\unexpanded{\bgroup\smaller[.5]\textsc}
- }{reportnumber}}%
- \expandafter\commalist\commalistbody\egroup\endcommalist%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{%
- \mkbibacro{URL}\addcolon\space\online{#1}{\thefield{protocollessurl}}%
-}
-\newcommand{\bib at online}[2]{%
- \ifhyperref{\online{#1}{#2}}{\nolinkurl{#2}}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pmid}{%
- \mkbibacro{PM}\addcolon\space%
- \bib at online{https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/#1}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pmc}{%
- \mkbibacro{PMC}\addcolon\space%
- \bib at online{https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC#1}{#1}%
-}
-\letbibmacro{hep-doi+eprint+url}{doi+eprint+url}
-\renewbibmacro*{doi+eprint+url}{%
- \usebibmacro{hep-doi+eprint+url}
- \iffieldundef{pmc}{%
- \iffieldundef{pmid}{}{\printfield{pmid}\newunit}%
- }{\printfield{pmc}\newunit}
- \iffieldundef{reportnumber}{}{%
- \newunitpunct\textnumero\intitlepunct%
- \printfield{reportnumber}\newunit%
- }%
-}
-
-\NewDocumentCommand{\new at eprint}{smm}{
- \DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:#2}{%
- \newcommand{\@path}{\IfBooleanT{#1}{\thefield{eprintclass}/}##1}%
- #2\addcolon\space\bib at online{#3/\@path}{\@path}%
- }%
-}
-\new at eprint{CTAN}{https://ctan.org/pkg}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:ctan}{eprint:CTAN}
-\new at eprint*{GitHub}{https://github.com}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:github}{eprint:GitHub}
-\new at eprint*{GitLab}{https://gitlab.com}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:gitlab}{eprint:GitLab}
-\new at eprint*{Bitbucket}{https://bitbucket.org}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:bitbucket}{eprint:Bitbucket}
-\new at eprint{Launchpad}{https://launchpad.net}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:launchpad}{eprint:Launchpad}
-\new at eprint{SourceForge}{https://sourceforge.net/projects}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:launchpad}{eprint:SourceForge}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:hepforge}{%
- HEPForge\addcolon\space\bib at online{https://#1/hepforge.org}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:HEPForge}{eprint:hepforge}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hep-bibliography.sty'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-floats.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-floats.sty 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-floats.sty 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hep-floats.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `floats')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
-%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-\ProvidesPackage{hep-floats}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Float adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-
-\newif\ifhep at manualplacement\hep at manualplacementfalse
-\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0} % 1
-\setcounter{topnumber}{1} % 2
-\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1} % 2
-\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9} % .7
-\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9} % .7
-\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1} % .2
-\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8} % .5
-\let\hep at figure\figure%
-\let\end at hep@figure\endfigure%
-\let\hep at table\table%
-\let\end at hep@table\endtable%
-\ifhep at manualplacement%
- \renewenvironment{figure}[1][tbp]{%
- \hep at figure[#1]\centering%
- }{\end at hep@figure}%
- \renewenvironment{table}[1][tbp]{%
- \hep at table[#1]\centering%
- }{\end at hep@table}%
-\else%
- \renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%
- \hep at figure\centering%
- }{\end at hep@figure}%
- \renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
- \hep at table\centering%
- }{\end at hep@table}
-\fi%
-\RequirePackage[subrefformat=parens]{subcaption}
-\captionsetup{font=small}
-\captionsetup[sub]{font=small}
-\providecommand*\subcaption at minipage[2]{%
- \minipage#1{#2}\setcaptionsubtype\relax%
-}
-\newcommand{\hep at panels@space}{20}
-\newenvironment{panels}[2][b]{%
- \newcommand{\begin at subcaption@minipage}[2][b]{%
- \caption at withoptargs\subcaption at minipage[##1]{##2}%
- \centering\vskip 0pt%
- }
- \ifdim#2pt>1pt%
- \newcommand{\hep at panel@space}{%
- (1-#2+\hep at panels@space)/\hep at panels@space%
- }%
- \newcommand{\panel}[1][b]{%
- \endminipage\hfill\begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{%
- \linewidth/#2*\hep at panel@space%
- }%
- }%
- \begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{\linewidth/#2*\hep at panel@space}%
- \else%
- \newcommand{\panel}[2][b]{%
- \endminipage\hfill\begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{##2\linewidth}%
- }%
- \begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{#2\linewidth}%
- \fi%
-}{\endminipage}
-\RequirePackage{booktabs}
-\RequirePackage{multirow}
-
-\RequirePackage{graphicx}
-\providecommand{\tikzsetnextfilename}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\graphic}[2][1]{\tikzsetnextfilename{#2}{%
- \centering\includegraphics[width=#1\linewidth]{#2}\par%
-}}
-\newcommand{\graphics}[1]{\graphicspath{{./#1/}}}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hep-floats.sty'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-font.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-font.sty 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-font.sty 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hep-font.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `font')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
-%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{hep-font}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Font adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-
-\newif\ifhep at serif\hep at seriftrue
-\ifhep at serif\else
- \renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}
-\fi
-\RequirePackage{ifluatex}
-\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
-\newif\ifxetexorluatex
-\ifxetex\xetexorluatextrue
-\else
- \ifluatex\xetexorluatextrue
- \else\xetexorluatexfalse
- \fi
-\fi
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \def\hep at encoding{TU}
-\else
- \def\hep at encoding{T1}
-\fi
-\RequirePackage[\hep at encoding]{fontenc}
-\RequirePackage{fix-cm}
-\RequirePackage{microtype}
-\newif\ifhep at lining
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \RequirePackage{nfssext-cfr}
- \RequirePackage{lmodern}
-\else
- \ifhep at lining
- \RequirePackage[rm={lining},sf={lining},tt={lining}]{cfr-lm}
- \else
- \RequirePackage{cfr-lm}
- \fi
-\fi
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-\RequirePackage{textcomp}
-\newcommand{\hep at sf@fontshape}[3]{%
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{\sfdefault}{#1}{#2}{#3}{}%
-}
-\newcommand{\hep at rm@fontshape}[3]{%
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{\rmdefault}{#1}{#2}{#3}{}%
-}
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \RequirePackage{fontspec}
- \setmainfont{Latin Modern Roman}[
- UprightFeatures={SmallCapsFont={[lmromancaps10-regular.otf]}},
- BoldFeatures={
- SmallCapsFeatures={Letters=SmallCaps},
- SmallCapsFont={[cmunbx.otf]}
- }
- ]
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->cmssbxcsc10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->cmssbxcsc10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scit}{<->cmsscsci10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{sc}{%
- <-9>cmsscsc8<9-10>cmsscsc9<10->cmsscsc10%
- }{}
-\else
- \rmfamily
- \ifhep at lining
- \RequirePackage{slantsc}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scit}{}
- \else
- \DeclareFontFamily{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{bx}{sc}{
- <-6>hfoxc0500<6-7>hfoxc0600<7-8>hfoxc0700<8-9>hfoxc0800
- <9-10>hfoxc0900<10-12>hfoxc1000<12-17>hfoxc1200<17->hfoxc1728
- }{}
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{bx}{scsl}{
- <-6>hfooc0500<6-7>hfooc0600<7-8>hfooc0700<8-9>hfooc0800
- <9-10>hfooc0900<10-12>hfooc1000<12-17>hfooc1200<17->hfooc1728
- }{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \fi
- \sffamily
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{ui}{<->cmssu10}{}
-\fi
-\ifxetexorluatex\else
- \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\fi
-\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
-\def\hep at symbols{true}
-\RequirePackage{amstext}
-\newif\ifhep at symbols
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{false}=0\else\hep at symbolstrue\fi
-\newif\ifhep at ams
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{ams}=0 \hep at amstrue\fi
-\newif\ifhep at minion
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{minion}=0 \hep at miniontrue\fi
-\ifhep at symbols
- \RequirePackage{fixmath}
- \RequirePackage{textalpha}
- \def\hep at greek#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname math%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname=#1%
- \edef#1{%
- \noexpand\TextOrMath{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname text%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- }{%
- \noexpand\ifnum\noexpand\fam=0
- \noexpand\text{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname text%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- }%
- \noexpand\else
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname math%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- \noexpand\fi
- }%
- }%
- }
- \hep at greek\alpha \hep at greek\beta \hep at greek\gamma
- \hep at greek\delta \hep at greek\epsilon \hep at greek\zeta
- \hep at greek\eta \hep at greek\theta \hep at greek\iota
- \hep at greek\kappa \hep at greek\lambda \hep at greek\mu
- \hep at greek\nu \hep at greek\xi \hep at greek\pi
- \hep at greek\rho \hep at greek\sigma \hep at greek\tau
- \hep at greek\upsilon \hep at greek\phi \hep at greek\chi
- \hep at greek\psi \hep at greek\omega
- \hep at greek\Gamma \hep at greek\Delta \hep at greek\Theta
- \hep at greek\Lambda \hep at greek\Xi \hep at greek\Pi
- \hep at greek\Sigma \hep at greek\Upsilon \hep at greek\Phi
- \hep at greek\Psi \hep at greek\Omega
- \ifxetexorluatex
- % missing code
- \else
- \RequirePackage{substitutefont}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\rmdefault}{lmr}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\rmdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\rmdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmr/bx/n}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\rmdefault}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*lmr/bx/sc}{}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\ttdefault}{lmtt}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\ttdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\ttdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmtt/bx/n}{}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\sfdefault}{lmss}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\sfdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\sfdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmss/bx/n}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\sfdefault}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*lmss/bx/sc}{}
- \fi
- \ifhep at minion
- \RequirePackage{MnSymbol}
- \else
- \RequirePackage{exscale}
- \RequirePackage{amssymb}
- \fi
-\fi
-\ifhep at serif
- \newcommand\hep at font@sf{cmbrm}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{b}{it}
-\else
- \newcommand\hep at font@sf{lmr}
- \newcommand\hep at font@text{lmss}
- \newcommand\hep at font@math{cmbrm}
- \newcommand\hep at font@symbol{cmsssy}
- \newcommand\hep at font@extra{cmssex}
- \newcommand\hep at font@amsa{ssmsa}
- \newcommand\hep at font@amsb{ssmsb}
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OML}{\hep at font@math}{m}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{m}{n}
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OMX}{\hep at font@extra}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \DeclareSymbolFont{operators}{OT1}{\hep at font@text}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{letters}{OML}{\hep at font@math}{m}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFont{symbols}{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{\hep at font@extra}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \SetSymbolFont{operators}{bold}{OT1}{\hep at font@text}{b}{n}
- \SetSymbolFont{letters}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@math}{b}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \SetSymbolFont{symbols}{bold}{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{b}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSa}{U}{\hep at font@amsa}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSb}{U}{\hep at font@amsb}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{esint}{%
- \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbolsA}{U}{ssesint}{m}{n}
- }{}
- }
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathrm}{operators}
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathnormal}{letters}
- \ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathcal}{symbols}
- \fi
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathit}{OML}{\hep at font@text}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet\mathit{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@text}{bx}{it}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{bx}{it}
-\fi
-\ifhep at symbols
- \RequirePackage{bm}
- \AtBeginDocument{\let\mathbf\bm}
- \g at addto@macro\bfseries{\boldmath}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{OT1}{lmtt}{m}{n}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{bold}{OT1}{lmtt}{bx}{n}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathscr}{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}
- \ifhep at minion
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbb}{U}{%
- \ifhep at serif dsrom\else dsss\fi%
- }{m}{n}
- \else
- \ifhep at ams\else
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathbb}{normal}{U}{%
- \ifhep at serif dsrom\else dsss\fi%
- }{m}{n}
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hep-font.sty'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-math.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-math.sty 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-math.sty 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hep-math.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `math')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
-%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{hep-math}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Font adjustments for publications in High Energy Physics]
-
-\newif\ifhep at lining\hep at liningtrue
-\newif\ifhep at eqnarray\hep at eqnarraytrue
-\RequirePackage{mathtools}
-\allowdisplaybreaks[1]
-\thickmuskip=5mu plus 3mu minus 1mu
-\medmuskip=4mu plus 2mu minus 3mu
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand{\mathdef}{mO{0}m}{%
- \expandafter\let\csname hep at text\string#1\endcsname=#1
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname hep at math\string#1\endcsname[#2]{#3}
- \DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
- \ifmmode
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep at math\string#1\endcsname%
- \else
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep at text\string#1\endcsname%
- \fi
- \next
- }%
-}
-\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\i}{\operatorname{i}}}
-\RequirePackage{ulem}
-\def\overline#1{{\renewcommand{\ULdepth}{-1.9ex}{}\uline{#1}}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\over at line}[1]{\@@overline{#1}}
-\mathdef{\overline}{\over at line}
-\newcommand{\oset}[3][-1pt]{%
- \text{\raisebox{.2ex}{$\mathop{#3}\limits^{%
- \vbox to#1{\kern-2\ex@\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle#2$}\vss}%
- }$}}%
-}
-\newcommand{\overleftright}[1]{\oset{\leftrightarrow}{#1}}
-\ifhep at eqnarray\else
- \let\eqnarray\@undefined
- \let\endeqnarray\@undefined
-\fi
-\DeclareMathOperator{\tr}{tr}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\rank}{rank}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\erf}{erf}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\sgn}{sgn}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\diag}{diag}
-
-\let\Re\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Re}{Re}
-\let\Im\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Im}{Im}
-
-\let\cos\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\cos}{cos\vphantom{i}}
-\let\tan\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\tan}{tan\vphantom{i}}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arccsc}{arccsc}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arcsec}{arcsec}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arccot}{arccot}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\asin}{asin}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acos}{acos}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acsc}{acsc}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\asec}{asec}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acot}{acot}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\csch}{csch}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\sech}{sech}
-\RequirePackage{units}
-\RequirePackage{xpatch}
-\ifhep at lining\else
- \xpatchcmd{\unit}{\else#1}{%
- \else\ifthenelse{\boolean{mmode}}{#1}{\textl{#1}}%
- }{}{}
- \xpatchcmd{\unitfrac}{\else#1}{%
- \else\ifthenelse{\boolean{mmode}}{#1}{\textl{#1}}%
- }{}{}
-\fi
-\newcommand{\inv}[2][1]{#2\ensuremath{^{-#1}}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX{\hep at flatfrac}[2]{.}{.}{%
- #1\delimsize/\makeleftdelim#2%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\flatfrac}{somm}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \hep at flatfrac*{#3}{#4}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{\,\makeleftdelim#3/\makeleftdelim#4\,%
- }{%
- \hep at flatfrac[#2]{#3}{#4}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand{\textfrac}[2]{\ensuremath{\nicefrac{\text{#1}}{\text{#2}}}}
-\newcommand{\makedifferential}[1]{\mathop{}\!#1}
-\providecommand{\differentialsymbol}{d}
-\newcommand{\differential}{\makedifferential\differentialsymbol}
-\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\d}{\differential}}
-
-\newcommand\makederivative[2]{
- \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{somso}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##4}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}\IfValueT{##5}{##5}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2{##3}\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}%
- }%
- }
-}
-\makederivative{\derivative}{d}
-\newcommand\dv{\derivative}
-
-\newcommand\variation{\makedifferential\delta}
-\newcommand\var{\variation}
-
-\makederivative{\functionalderivative}{\delta}
-\newcommand\fdv{\functionalderivative}
-
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-\newcommand\makepartialderivative[2]{
- \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{sO{}O{}msoo}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##5}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2\IfValueTF{##7}{%
- \ifblank{##2}{
- \ifblank{##3}{^2}{^{\the\numexpr##3+1\relax}}%
- }{%
- \ifblank{##3}{%
- ^{\the\numexpr##2+1\relax}}{^{{\the\numexpr##2+##3\relax}}%
- }%
- }%
- }{\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}}\IfValueT{##6}{##6}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2{##4}\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}%
- \IfValueT{##7}{#2##7\IfValueT{##3}{^{##3}}}%
- }%
- }
-}
-
-\makepartialderivative{\partialderivative}{\partial}
-\newcommand\pdv{\partialderivative}
-\RequirePackage{cancel}
-\RequirePackage{slashed}
-\RequirePackage{mleftright}
-\mleftright
-\newcommand{\noargumentsymbol}{\:\cdot\:}
-\newcommand{\optionalargument}[1]{\ifblank{#1}{\noargumentsymbol}{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\abs[1]\lvert\rvert{\optionalargument{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\norm[1]\lVert\rVert{\optionalargument{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at pnorm[2]{}\lVert\rVert{_{#1}}{#2}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\pnorm}{som}{%
- \IfValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at pnorm*}{\hep at pnorm}{#2}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\norm*}{\norm}%
- }{\optionalargument{#3}}%
-}
-
-\providecommand{\ordersymbol}{\mathcal{O}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\order[1]{\ordersymbol}(){}{#1}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\hep at evaluated}{.}{\rvert}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\evaluated}{som}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \hep at evaluated*{#3}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3\rvert}{\hep at evaluated[#2]{#3}}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand\eval{\evaluated}
-
-\newcommand\makeleftdelim{\mathopen{}}
-\providecommand{\midbar}[1][]{%
- \nonscript\:#1\vert\allowbreak\nonscript\:\makeleftdelim%
-}
-
-\providecommand\suchthat{\midbar}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\set[1]\{\}{%
- \renewcommand\suchthat{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
-}
-
-\providecommand{\probabilitysymbol}{\operatorname{Pr}}
-\providecommand\given{\midbar}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at Pr[1]{%
- \probabilitysymbol}(){}{%
- \renewcommand\given{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
-}
-\let\Pr\relax
-\NewDocumentCommand{\Pr}{so}{%
- \IfValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at Pr*}{\hep at Pr}{#2}%
- }{%
- \probabilitysymbol%
- }%
-}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\innerproduct[2]{%
- \langle}{\rangle}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\poissonbracket[2]{%
- \lbrace}{\rbrace}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\pb{\poissonbracket}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\commutator[2]{%
- \lbrack}{\rbrack}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\comm{\commutator}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\anticommutator[2]{%
- \lbrace}{\rbrace}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\acomm{\anticommutator}
-\providecommand\braketspace{\mskip1mu}
-\newcommand\hep at midvert{%
- \braketspace\delimsize\vert\braketspace\makeleftdelim%
-}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\braket[2]{\langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\hep at midvert#2\braketspace}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at bra[1]{%
- }{\langle}{\rvert}{\braketspace}{\braketspace#1\braketspace%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\bra}{smt\ket sgt\ketbra sgg}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#6}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*{#2}{#8}}{\braket{#2}{#8}}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#7}{\bra*{#9}}{\bra{#9}}%
- }{
- \IfBooleanTF{#3}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{\braket*}{\braket}}{#2}{#5%
- }%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at bra*}{\hep at bra}{#2}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\ket[1]{%
- \braketspace}{\lvert}{\rangle}{}{\braketspace\makeleftdelim#1\braketspace%
-}
-
-\NewDocumentCommand{\ketbra}{smm}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \ket*{#2}\bra*{#3}%
- }{%
- \ket{#2}\bra{#3}%
- }%
-}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\matrixelement[3]{%
- \langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\hep at midvert#2\hep at midvert#3\braketspace%
-}
-\newcommand\matrixel{\matrixelement}
-\newcommand\mel{\matrixelement}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\hep at expvalue[1]{\langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\braketspace}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\expectationvalue}{som}{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at expvalue*}{\hep at expvalue}{#3}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\matrixelement*}{\matrixelement}{#2}{#3}{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand\ev{\expectationvalue}
-\newcommand\vev[1]{\expectationvalue[0]{#1}}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hep-math.sty'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.dbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.dbx 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.dbx 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hep-paper.dbx',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `datamodel')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
-%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-\ProvidesFile{hep-paper.dbx}[2021/08/01 v1.8 HEP-Paper biblatex data model]
-
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{
- collaboration, pmid, pmcid, pmc,
-}
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, format=xsv, datatype=literal]{
- reportnumber,
-}
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=uri]{protocollessurl}
-\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{
- collaboration, pmid, pmcid, pmc, reportnumber, protocollessurl,
-}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hep-paper.dbx'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.sty 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-paper.sty 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -14,11 +14,9 @@
%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{hep-paper}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Publications in High Energy Physics]
+\ProvidesPackage{hep-paper}[2021/09/01 v2.0 Publications in High Energy Physics]
-\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
\SetupKeyvalOptions{
family=hep,
@@ -102,244 +100,19 @@
\fi
\fi
\ifhep at sissa
- \setkeys{hep}{title=false, bibliography=false}
+ \setkeys{hep}{defaults, title=false, bibliography=false}
\PassOptionsToPackage{
colorlinks=true, linktocpage=true, pdfproducer=medialab, pdfa=true,
urlcolor=blue, anchorcolor=blue, citecolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
linkcolor=blue, menucolor=blue, pagecolor=blue
}{hyperref}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{reset}{geometry}
\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\foreignabbrfont}{}}
\fi
-\ifhep at jhep
- \voffset 0in
- \hoffset 0in
-\fi
\ifhep at serif\else
\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}
\fi
-\RequirePackage{ifluatex}
-\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
-\newif\ifxetexorluatex
-\ifxetex\xetexorluatextrue
-\else
- \ifluatex\xetexorluatextrue
- \else\xetexorluatexfalse
- \fi
-\fi
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \def\hep at encoding{TU}
-\else
- \def\hep at encoding{T1}
-\fi
-\RequirePackage[\hep at encoding]{fontenc}
-\RequirePackage{fix-cm}
-\RequirePackage{microtype}
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \RequirePackage{nfssext-cfr}
- \RequirePackage{lmodern}
-\else
- \ifhep at lining
- \RequirePackage[rm={lining},sf={lining},tt={lining}]{cfr-lm}
- \else
- \RequirePackage{cfr-lm}
- \fi
-\fi
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-\RequirePackage{textcomp}
-\newcommand{\hep at sf@fontshape}[3]{%
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{\sfdefault}{#1}{#2}{#3}{}%
-}
-\newcommand{\hep at rm@fontshape}[3]{%
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{\rmdefault}{#1}{#2}{#3}{}%
-}
-\ifxetexorluatex
- \RequirePackage{fontspec}
- \setmainfont{Latin Modern Roman}[
- UprightFeatures={SmallCapsFont={[lmromancaps10-regular.otf]}},
- BoldFeatures={
- SmallCapsFeatures={Letters=SmallCaps},
- SmallCapsFont={[cmunbx.otf]}
- }
- ]
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->cmssbxcsc10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->cmssbxcsc10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scit}{<->cmsscsci10}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{sc}{%
- <-9>cmsscsc8<9-10>cmsscsc9<10->cmsscsc10%
- }{}
-\else
- \rmfamily
- \ifhep at lining
- \RequirePackage{slantsc}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*cmr/bx/scit}{}
- \else
- \DeclareFontFamily{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{bx}{sc}{
- <-6>hfoxc0500<6-7>hfoxc0600<7-8>hfoxc0700<8-9>hfoxc0800
- <9-10>hfoxc0900<10-12>hfoxc1000<12-17>hfoxc1200<17->hfoxc1728
- }{}
- \DeclareFontShape{\hep at encoding}{hfor}{bx}{scsl}{
- <-6>hfooc0500<6-7>hfooc0600<7-8>hfooc0700<8-9>hfooc0800
- <9-10>hfooc0900<10-12>hfooc1000<12-17>hfooc1200<17->hfooc1728
- }{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \hep at rm@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*hfor/bx/scsl}{}
- \fi
- \sffamily
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{sc}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/sc}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{scit}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/m/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{b}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{bx}{scsl}{<->ssub*xcmss/bx/scit}{}
- \hep at sf@fontshape{m}{ui}{<->cmssu10}{}
-\fi
-\ifxetexorluatex\else
- \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\fi
-\newif\ifhep at symbols
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{false}=0\else\hep at symbolstrue\fi
-\newif\ifhep at ams
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{ams}=0 \hep at amstrue\fi
-\newif\ifhep at minion
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at symbols}{minion}=0 \hep at miniontrue\fi
-\ifhep at symbols
- \RequirePackage{fixmath}
- \RequirePackage{textalpha}
- \def\hep at greek#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname math%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname=#1%
- \edef#1{%
- \noexpand\TextOrMath{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname text%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- }{%
- \noexpand\ifnum\noexpand\fam=0
- \noexpand\text{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname text%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- }%
- \noexpand\else
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname math%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname%
- \noexpand\fi
- }%
- }%
- }
- \hep at greek\alpha \hep at greek\beta \hep at greek\gamma
- \hep at greek\delta \hep at greek\epsilon \hep at greek\zeta
- \hep at greek\eta \hep at greek\theta \hep at greek\iota
- \hep at greek\kappa \hep at greek\lambda \hep at greek\mu
- \hep at greek\nu \hep at greek\xi \hep at greek\pi
- \hep at greek\rho \hep at greek\sigma \hep at greek\tau
- \hep at greek\upsilon \hep at greek\phi \hep at greek\chi
- \hep at greek\psi \hep at greek\omega
- \hep at greek\Gamma \hep at greek\Delta \hep at greek\Theta
- \hep at greek\Lambda \hep at greek\Xi \hep at greek\Pi
- \hep at greek\Sigma \hep at greek\Upsilon \hep at greek\Phi
- \hep at greek\Psi \hep at greek\Omega
- \ifxetexorluatex
- % missing code
- \else
- \RequirePackage{substitutefont}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\rmdefault}{lmr}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\rmdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\rmdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmr/bx/n}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\rmdefault}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*lmr/bx/sc}{}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\ttdefault}{lmtt}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\ttdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\ttdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmtt/bx/n}{}
- \substitutefont{LGR}{\sfdefault}{lmss}
- \DeclareFontFamily{LGR}{\sfdefault}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\sfdefault}{b}{n}{<->ssub*lmss/bx/n}{}
- \DeclareFontShape{LGR}{\sfdefault}{b}{sc}{<->ssub*lmss/bx/sc}{}
- \fi
- \ifhep at minion
- \RequirePackage{MnSymbol}
- \else
- \RequirePackage{exscale}
- \RequirePackage{amssymb}
- \fi
-\fi
-\ifhep at serif
- \newcommand\hep at font@sf{cmbrm}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{b}{it}
-\else
- \newcommand\hep at font@sf{lmr}
- \newcommand\hep at font@text{lmss}
- \newcommand\hep at font@math{cmbrm}
- \newcommand\hep at font@symbol{cmsssy}
- \newcommand\hep at font@extra{cmssex}
- \newcommand\hep at font@amsa{ssmsa}
- \newcommand\hep at font@amsb{ssmsb}
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OML}{\hep at font@math}{m}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{m}{n}
- \DeclareFontSubstitution{OMX}{\hep at font@extra}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \DeclareSymbolFont{operators}{OT1}{\hep at font@text}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{letters}{OML}{\hep at font@math}{m}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFont{symbols}{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{\hep at font@extra}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \SetSymbolFont{operators}{bold}{OT1}{\hep at font@text}{b}{n}
- \SetSymbolFont{letters}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@math}{b}{it}
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \SetSymbolFont{symbols}{bold}{OMS}{\hep at font@symbol}{b}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \ifhep at symbols\ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSa}{U}{\hep at font@amsa}{m}{n}
- \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSb}{U}{\hep at font@amsb}{m}{n}
- \fi\fi
- \AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{esint}{%
- \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbolsA}{U}{ssesint}{m}{n}
- }{}
- }
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathrm}{operators}
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathnormal}{letters}
- \ifhep at minion\else
- \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathcal}{symbols}
- \fi
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathit}{OML}{\hep at font@text}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet\mathit{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@text}{bx}{it}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{m}{it}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OML}{\hep at font@sf}{bx}{it}
-\fi
-\ifhep at symbols
- \RequirePackage{bm}
- \AtBeginDocument{\let\mathbf\bm}
- \g at addto@macro\bfseries{\boldmath}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{OT1}{lmtt}{m}{n}
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{bold}{OT1}{lmtt}{bx}{n}
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathscr}{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}
- \ifhep at minion
- \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbb}{U}{%
- \ifhep at serif dsrom\else dsss\fi%
- }{m}{n}
- \else
- \ifhep at ams\else
- \SetMathAlphabet{\mathbb}{normal}{U}{%
- \ifhep at serif dsrom\else dsss\fi%
- }{m}{n}
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
+\RequirePackage[lining=\ifhep at lining true\else false \fi]{hep-font}
+\RequirePackage[symbols=\hep at symbols]{hep-math-font}
\ifhep at defaults\else
\def\hep at remove@pt#1pt{#1}
\edef\hep at pt@size{\expandafter\hep at remove@pt\hep at font}
@@ -354,62 +127,6 @@
\let\Huge\relax
\input{size\hep at pt@size.clo}
\fi
-\RequirePackage[\hep at lang]{babel}
-\RequirePackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
-\RequirePackage[normalem]{ulem}
-\let\underline\uline
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at lang}{american}=0
- \newcommand{\hep at lang@foreign}{USenglish}
-\else
- \ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at lang}{USenglish}=0
- \newcommand{\hep at lang@foreign}{USenglish}
- \else
- \newcommand{\hep at lang@foreign}{british}
- \fi
-\fi
-\RequirePackage[all, \hep at lang@foreign]{foreign}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\vs{\xperiodafter{{\foreignabbrfont{vs}}}}
-\xspaceaddexceptions{\csq at qclose@i}
-\newcommand{\no}[1]{\textnumero~#1}
-\RequirePackage{relsize}
-\newcommand{\software}[2][\hspace{-\fontdimen2\font}]{%
- {\smaller[.5]\textsc{#2}~#1}%
-}
-\providecommand{\online}[2]{\ttfamily{#2}}%
-\newcommand{\hep at email}[1]{\online{mailto:#1}{#1}}
-\providecommand\email{\hep at email}
-\AtEndOfPackage{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
- \renewcommand{\online}[2]{\href{#1}{\nolinkurl{#2}}}%
- }{}
-}
-\newcommand{\prefix}[2]{(#1\mbox{-)}\allowbreak #2}
-\RequirePackage[inline]{enumitem}
-\newlist{inlinelist}{enumerate*}{1}
-\setlist*[inlinelist,1]{%
- label=\roman*), itemjoin={,\ }, itemjoin*={, and\ }, after=.%
-}
-\newlist{enum at descript}{enumerate}{2}
-\setlist[enum at descript]{label=\arabic*.}
-\newenvironment{enumdescript}[1][]{
-\begin{enum at descript}[#1]
- \let\hep at item\item
- \renewcommand{\item}[2][]{
- \ifx&##1&\hep at item\else\hep at item[##1]\fi
- \textbf{##2}\ifx##2\empty\else~\fi\@ifnextchar\par\@gobble\relax
- }
-}{\end{enum at descript}}
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\ExplSyntaxOn
-\NewDocumentEnvironment{commalist}{O{\space}+b}{
- \hep at comma@list:n{#2}
-}{#1}
-\seq_new:N \hep at items@sequence
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \hep at comma@list:n #1{
- \seq_set_split:Nnn \hep at items@sequence{\item}{#1}
- \seq_pop_left:NN \hep at items@sequence \l_tmpa_tl
- \seq_use:Nnnn \hep at items@sequence{~and~}{,~}{,~and~}
-}
-\ExplSyntaxOff
\ifhep at defaults\else
\RequirePackage{geometry}
\geometry{\hep at paper paper, includeheadfoot}
@@ -435,300 +152,16 @@
\fi
}
\fi
-\ifhep at physics
-\RequirePackage{mathtools}
-\allowdisplaybreaks[1]
-\thickmuskip=5mu plus 3mu minus 1mu
-\medmuskip=4mu plus 2mu minus 3mu
-\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand{\mathdef}{mO{0}m}{%
- \expandafter\let\csname hep at text\string#1\endcsname=#1
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname hep at math\string#1\endcsname[#2]{#3}
- \DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
- \ifmmode
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep at math\string#1\endcsname%
- \else
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\next\csname%
- hep at text\string#1\endcsname%
- \fi
- \next
- }%
-}
-\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\i}{\operatorname{i}}}
-\RequirePackage{ulem}
-\def\overline#1{{\renewcommand{\ULdepth}{-1.9ex}{}\uline{#1}}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\over at line}[1]{\@@overline{#1}}
-\mathdef{\overline}{\over at line}
-\newcommand{\oset}[3][-1pt]{%
- \text{\raisebox{.2ex}{$\mathop{#3}\limits^{%
- \vbox to#1{\kern-2\ex@\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle#2$}\vss}%
- }$}}%
-}
-\newcommand{\overleftright}[1]{\oset{\leftrightarrow}{#1}}
-\ifhep at eqnarray\else
- \let\eqnarray\@undefined
- \let\endeqnarray\@undefined
-\fi
-\DeclareMathOperator{\tr}{tr}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\Tr}{Tr}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\rank}{rank}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\erf}{erf}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\sgn}{sgn}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\diag}{diag}
-
-\let\Re\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Re}{Re}
-\let\Im\relax\DeclareMathOperator{\Im}{Im}
-
-\let\cos\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\cos}{cos\vphantom{i}}
-\let\tan\undefined\DeclareMathOperator{\tan}{tan\vphantom{i}}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arccsc}{arccsc}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arcsec}{arcsec}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\arccot}{arccot}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\asin}{asin}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acos}{acos}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acsc}{acsc}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\asec}{asec}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\acot}{acot}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\csch}{csch}
-\DeclareMathOperator{\sech}{sech}
-\RequirePackage{units}
-\RequirePackage{xpatch}
-\ifhep at lining\else
- \xpatchcmd{\unit}{\else#1}{%
- \else\ifthenelse{\boolean{mmode}}{#1}{\textl{#1}}%
- }{}{}
- \xpatchcmd{\unitfrac}{\else#1}{%
- \else\ifthenelse{\boolean{mmode}}{#1}{\textl{#1}}%
- }{}{}
-\fi
-\newcommand{\inv}[2][1]{#2\ensuremath{^{-#1}}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX{\hep at flatfrac}[2]{.}{.}{%
- #1\delimsize/\makeleftdelim#2%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\flatfrac}{somm}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \hep at flatfrac*{#3}{#4}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{\,\makeleftdelim#3/\makeleftdelim#4\,%
- }{%
- \hep at flatfrac[#2]{#3}{#4}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand{\textfrac}[2]{\ensuremath{\nicefrac{\text{#1}}{\text{#2}}}}
-\newcommand{\makedifferential}[1]{\mathop{}\!#1}
-\providecommand{\differentialsymbol}{d}
-\newcommand{\differential}{\makedifferential\differentialsymbol}
-\AtBeginDocument{\mathdef{\d}{\differential}}
-
-\newcommand\makederivative[2]{
- \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{somso}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##4}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}\IfValueT{##5}{##5}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2{##3}\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}%
- }%
- }
-}
-\makederivative{\derivative}{d}
-\newcommand\dv{\derivative}
-
-\newcommand\variation{\makedifferential\delta}
-\newcommand\var{\variation}
-
-\makederivative{\functionalderivative}{\delta}
-\newcommand\fdv{\functionalderivative}
-
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
-\newcommand\makepartialderivative[2]{
- \NewDocumentCommand{#1}{sO{}O{}msoo}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##5}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\nicefrac}{\frac}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{##1}{\flatfrac}{\dfrac}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2\IfValueTF{##7}{%
- \ifblank{##2}{
- \ifblank{##3}{^2}{^{\the\numexpr##3+1\relax}}%
- }{%
- \ifblank{##3}{%
- ^{\the\numexpr##2+1\relax}}{^{{\the\numexpr##2+##3\relax}}%
- }%
- }%
- }{\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}}\IfValueT{##6}{##6}%
- }{%
- \makedifferential#2{##4}\IfValueT{##2}{^{##2}}%
- \IfValueT{##7}{#2##7\IfValueT{##3}{^{##3}}}%
- }%
- }
-}
-
-\makepartialderivative{\partialderivative}{\partial}
-\newcommand\pdv{\partialderivative}
-\RequirePackage{cancel}
-\RequirePackage{slashed}
-\RequirePackage{mleftright}
-\mleftright
-\newcommand{\noargumentsymbol}{\:\cdot\:}
-\newcommand{\optionalargument}[1]{\ifblank{#1}{\noargumentsymbol}{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\abs[1]\lvert\rvert{\optionalargument{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\norm[1]\lVert\rVert{\optionalargument{#1}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at pnorm[2]{}\lVert\rVert{_{#1}}{#2}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\pnorm}{som}{%
- \IfValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at pnorm*}{\hep at pnorm}{#2}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\norm*}{\norm}%
- }{\optionalargument{#3}}%
-}
-
-\providecommand{\ordersymbol}{\mathcal{O}}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\order[1]{\ordersymbol}(){}{#1}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\hep at evaluated}{.}{\rvert}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\evaluated}{som}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \hep at evaluated*{#3}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3\rvert}{\hep at evaluated[#2]{#3}}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand\eval{\evaluated}
-
-\newcommand\makeleftdelim{\mathopen{}}
-\providecommand{\midbar}[1][]{%
- \nonscript\:#1\vert\allowbreak\nonscript\:\makeleftdelim%
-}
-
-\providecommand\suchthat{\midbar}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\set[1]\{\}{%
- \renewcommand\suchthat{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
-}
-
-\providecommand{\probabilitysymbol}{\operatorname{Pr}}
-\providecommand\given{\midbar}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at Pr[1]{%
- \probabilitysymbol}(){}{%
- \renewcommand\given{\midbar[\delimsize]}#1%
-}
-\let\Pr\relax
-\NewDocumentCommand{\Pr}{so}{%
- \IfValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at Pr*}{\hep at Pr}{#2}%
- }{%
- \probabilitysymbol%
- }%
-}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\innerproduct[2]{%
- \langle}{\rangle}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\poissonbracket[2]{%
- \lbrace}{\rbrace}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\pb{\poissonbracket}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\commutator[2]{%
- \lbrack}{\rbrack}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\comm{\commutator}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\anticommutator[2]{%
- \lbrace}{\rbrace}{\optionalargument{#1},\optionalargument{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand\acomm{\anticommutator}
-\providecommand\braketspace{\mskip1mu}
-\newcommand\hep at midvert{%
- \braketspace\delimsize\vert\braketspace\makeleftdelim%
-}
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\braket[2]{\langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\hep at midvert#2\braketspace}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\hep at bra[1]{%
- }{\langle}{\rvert}{\braketspace}{\braketspace#1\braketspace%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\bra}{smt\ket sgt\ketbra sgg}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#6}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*{#2}{#8}}{\braket{#2}{#8}}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#7}{\bra*{#9}}{\bra{#9}}%
- }{
- \IfBooleanTF{#3}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\braket*}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{\braket*}{\braket}}{#2}{#5%
- }%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at bra*}{\hep at bra}{#2}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterXPP\ket[1]{%
- \braketspace}{\lvert}{\rangle}{}{\braketspace\makeleftdelim#1\braketspace%
-}
-
-\NewDocumentCommand{\ketbra}{smm}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{%
- \ket*{#2}\bra*{#3}%
- }{%
- \ket{#2}\bra{#3}%
- }%
-}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\matrixelement[3]{%
- \langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\hep at midvert#2\hep at midvert#3\braketspace%
-}
-\newcommand\matrixel{\matrixelement}
-\newcommand\mel{\matrixelement}
-
-\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\hep at expvalue[1]{\langle}{\rangle}{\braketspace#1\braketspace}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\expectationvalue}{som}{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\hep at expvalue*}{\hep at expvalue}{#3}%
- }{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{\matrixelement*}{\matrixelement}{#2}{#3}{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand\ev{\expectationvalue}
-\newcommand\vev[1]{\expectationvalue[0]{#1}}
-\fi
-\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0} % 1
-\setcounter{topnumber}{1} % 2
-\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{1} % 2
-\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.9} % .7
-\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.9} % .7
-\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.1} % .2
-\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.8} % .5
-\let\hep at figure\figure%
-\let\end at hep@figure\endfigure%
-\let\hep at table\table%
-\let\end at hep@table\endtable%
-\ifhep at manualplacement%
- \renewenvironment{figure}[1][tbp]{%
- \hep at figure[#1]\centering%
- }{\end at hep@figure}%
- \renewenvironment{table}[1][tbp]{%
- \hep at table[#1]\centering%
- }{\end at hep@table}%
-\else%
- \renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%
- \hep at figure\centering%
- }{\end at hep@figure}%
- \renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
- \hep at table\centering%
- }{\end at hep@table}
-\fi%
+\RequirePackage[lang=\hep at lang]{hep-text}
+\ifhep at physics\RequirePackage{hep-math}\fi
+\RequirePackage[
+ manualplacement=\ifhep at manualplacement true\else false \fi
+]{hep-float}
\newif\ifhep at journal
\ifhep at sissa\hep at journaltrue
-\else
- \ifhep at revtex\hep at journaltrue
- \else
- \ifhep at pos\hep at journaltrue
- \else
- \ifhep at springer\hep at journaltrue
+\else\ifhep at revtex\hep at journaltrue
+ \else\ifhep at pos\hep at journaltrue
+ \else\ifhep at springer\hep at journaltrue
\else\hep at journalfalse
\fi
\fi
@@ -749,35 +182,6 @@
\vskip\belowcaptionskip%
}
\fi
-\RequirePackage[subrefformat=parens]{subcaption}
-\captionsetup{font=small}
-\captionsetup[sub]{font=small}
-\providecommand*\subcaption at minipage[2]{%
- \minipage#1{#2}\setcaptionsubtype\relax%
-}
-\newcommand{\hep at panels@space}{20}
-\newenvironment{panels}[2][b]{%
- \newcommand{\begin at subcaption@minipage}[2][b]{%
- \caption at withoptargs\subcaption at minipage[##1]{##2}%
- \centering\vskip 0pt%
- }
- \ifdim#2pt>1pt%
- \newcommand{\hep at panel@space}{%
- (1-#2+\hep at panels@space)/\hep at panels@space%
- }%
- \newcommand{\panel}[1][b]{%
- \endminipage\hfill\begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{%
- \linewidth/#2*\hep at panel@space%
- }%
- }%
- \begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{\linewidth/#2*\hep at panel@space}%
- \else%
- \newcommand{\panel}[2][b]{%
- \endminipage\hfill\begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{##2\linewidth}%
- }%
- \begin at subcaption@minipage[#1]{#2\linewidth}%
- \fi%
-}{\endminipage}
\ifhep at revtex
\RequirePackage{ragged2e}
\DeclareCaptionFormat{revtex}{#1#2\justifying{#3}}
@@ -786,425 +190,12 @@
\renewcommand{\figurename}{Figure}
\renewcommand{\tablename}{Table}
\fi
-\RequirePackage{booktabs}
-\RequirePackage{multirow}
-
-\RequirePackage{graphicx}
-\providecommand{\tikzsetnextfilename}[1]{}
-\newcommand{\graphic}[2][1]{\tikzsetnextfilename{#2}{%
- \centering\includegraphics[width=#1\linewidth]{#2}\par%
-}}
-\newcommand{\graphics}[1]{\graphicspath{{./#1/}}}
-\newif\ifhep at first%
-\newif\ifnewaffil%
-\ifhep at title
-\newcommand{\hep at multi@ref}[1]{%
- \hep at firsttrue%
- \forcsvlist{%
- \ifhep at first\hep at firstfalse\else\textsuperscript,\fi\ref%
- }{#1}%
-}
-\renewcommand{\email}[2][]{\unskip\thanks[#1]{\hep at email{#2}}}%
-\AtBeginDocument{
- \let\hep at maketitle\maketitle
- \renewcommand\maketitle{\hep at maketitle\let\email\hep at email}
-}
-\let\hep at preprint@font\relax
-\newcommand{\preprintfont}[1]{\def\hep at preprint@font{#1}}
-\preprintfont{\scshape\small}
-\let\hep at preprint\relax
-\newcommand\preprint[1]{\def\hep at preprint{#1}}
-\RequirePackage{varwidth}
-\newcommand{\hep at preprint@box}{%
- \begin{varwidth}{\textwidth}%
- \hep at preprint@font\hep at preprint%
- \end{varwidth}%
-}
-\RequirePackage{atbegshi}
-\RequirePackage{picture}
-\newcommand{\placepreprint}{%
- \AtBeginShipoutFirst{%
- \put(
- \textwidth+\oddsidemargin-\widthof{\hep at preprint@box},
- -2pt-\topmargin-\heightof{\hep at preprint@box}
- ){\normalfont\hep at preprint@box}
- }
-}
-\newcommand{\preseries}[1]{\def\hep at pre@series{#1}}
-\newcommand{\series}[1]{\def\hep at series{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postseries}[1]{\def\hep at post@series{#1}}
-\let\hep at series@font\relax
-\newcommand{\seriesfont}[1]{\def\hep at series@font{#1}}
-\preseries{\begin{center}\Large\hep at series@font}
-\postseries{\par\end{center}}
-\RequirePackage{titling}
-\setlength{\thanksmarkwidth}{1.5em}
-\renewcommand{\maketitlehooka}{%
- \placepreprint\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
- \@ifundefined{hep at series}{}{%
- \hep at pre@series\hep at series\hep at post@series%
- }%
- \vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
-}
-\let\hep at title@font\relax
-\newcommand{\titlefont}[1]{\def\hep at title@font{#1}}
-\pretitle{\begin{center}\LARGE\hep at title@font}
-\posttitle{\par\end{center}}
-
-\newcommand{\presubtitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@sub at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\subtitle}[1]{\def\hep at sub@title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postsubtitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@sub at title{#1}}
-
-\let\hep at subtitle@font\relax
-\newcommand{\subtitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at subtitle@font{#1}}
-\presubtitle{\begin{center}\Large\hep at subtitle@font}
-\postsubtitle{\par\end{center}}
-\RequirePackage{authblk}
-\newcounter{editors}
-\newcommand\hep at editorlist{}
-\newcommand\hep at editors{}
-\newcommand\editor[2][]{%
- \ifnewaffil%
- \addtocounter{affil}{1}%
- \edef\AB at thenote{\arabic{affil}}%
- \fi%
- \if\relax#1\relax%
- \def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}%
- \else%
- \def\AB at note{#1}\setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}%
- \fi%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>1\relax%
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c at editors}{\Authsep}%
- \fi%
- \addtocounter{editors}{1}%
- \begingroup%
- \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect \let\and\AB at pand%
- \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\hep at editors}{%
- \def\\{%
- \protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont\protect\AB at resetsep%
- }%
- \xdef\hep at editor{\AB at blk@and#2}%
- \ifnewaffil%
- \gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB at as{}%
- \xdef\hep at editors{\the\@temptokena\AB at blk@and}%
- \else%
- \xdef\hep at editors{\the\@temptokena\AB at as\AB at au@str}%
- \global\let\AB at las\AB at lasx\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authands}%
- \gdef\AB at as{\Authsep}%
- \fi%
- \gdef\AB at au@str{#2}%
- }%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\hep at editorlist}%
- \let\\=\editorcr%
- \xdef\hep at editorlist{%
- \the\@temptokena%
- \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at editors}%
- \protect\Authfont#2%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else%
- \protect\hep at multi@ref{\AB at note}%
- \fi%
- }%
- \endgroup%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>2\relax%
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c at editors}{\Authands}%
- \fi%
- \newaffilfalse%
-}
-\let\hep at editor@font\relax
-\newcommand{\editorfont}[1]{\def\hep at editor@font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preeditor}[1]{\def\hep at pre@editor{#1}}
-\newcommand{\posteditor}[1]{\def\hep at post@editor{#1}}
-\newcommand{\editortitle}[2]{
- \def\hep at editor@title{#1}
- \def\hep at editor@title at pl{#2}
-}
-\newcommand{\editortitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at editor@title at font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preeditortitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@editor at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\posteditortitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@editor at title{#1}}
-\editortitle{Editor}{Editors}
-\editortitlefont{\itshape}
-\preeditortitle{\hep at editor@title at font}
-\posteditortitle{: }
-\preeditor{%
- \begin{center}%
- \large\hep at editor@font\lineskip.5em%
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c}{%
- \hep at pre@editor at title%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>1\relax%
- \hep at editor@title at pl%
- \else%
- \hep at editor@title%
- \fi%
- \hep at post@editor at title%
- }%
-}
-\posteditor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
-\renewcommand{\maketitlehookb}{%
- \@ifundefined{hep at sub@title}{}{%
- \hep at pre@sub at title\hep at sub@title\hep at post@sub at title%
- }%
- \smallskip%
- \ifx\hep at editorlist\AB at empty\else%
- \hep at pre@editor\hep at editorlist\hep at post@editor%
- \fi
-}
-\xpatchcmd{\author}{%
- \protect\Authfont#2\AB at authnote{\AB at note}%
-}{%
- \protect\Authfont#2%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else\unskip\protect\hep at multi@ref{\AB at note}\fi%
-}{}{}
-\let\hep at author@font\relax
-\newcommand{\authorfont}[1]{\def\hep at author@font{#1}}
-\renewcommand\Authfont{\hep at author@font}
-\newcommand{\authortitle}[2]{
- \def\hep at author@title{#1}
- \def\hep at author@title at pl{#2}
-}
-\newcommand{\authortitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at author@title at font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preauthortitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@author at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postauthortitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@author at title{#1}}
-\authortitle{Author}{Authors}
-\authortitlefont{\itshape}
-\preauthortitle{\hep at author@title at font}
-\postauthortitle{: }
-\preauthor{%
- \begin{center}%
- \large\hep at author@font\lineskip.5em%
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c}{%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>0\relax%
- \hep at pre@author at title%
- \ifnum\value{authors}>1\relax%
- \hep at author@title at pl\else\hep at author@title%
- \fi\hep at post@author at title%
- \fi%
- }%
-}
-\postauthor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
-\newcounter{affiliation}
-\renewcommand{\theaffiliation}{%
- \textsuperscript{\normalfont\alph{affiliation}}%
-}
-\xpatchcmd{\affil}{%
- \AB at affilnote{\AB at note}%
-}{%
- \protect\refstepcounter{affiliation}\protect\label{\AB at note}%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else\protect\ref{\AB at note}\fi%
-}{}{}
-\let\hep at affiliation@font\relax
-\newcommand{\affiliationfont}[1]{\def\hep at affiliation@font{#1}}
-\ifhep at lining
- \renewcommand{\Affilfont}{\small\hep at affiliation@font}
-\else
- \renewcommand{\Affilfont}{\small\ostyle\hep at affiliation@font}
-\fi
-\newcommand\hep at penalty{\if at twocolumn85\else50\fi}
-\newcommand\hep at active@comma{,\penalty-\hep at penalty\relax}
-\newcommand\hep at cat@comma at active{\catcode`\,\active}
-{\hep at cat@comma at active\gdef,{\hep at active@comma}}
-\newcommand\hep at affil[1]{%
- \endgroup\@flushglue=0pt plus .5\linewidth\affil{#1}%
-}
-\def\hep at affil@opt[#1]#2{%
- \endgroup\@flushglue=0pt plus .5\linewidth\affil[#1]{#2}%
-}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\hep at affiliation{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\hep at affil@opt}{\hep at affil}%
-}
-\newcommand{\affiliation}{%
- \begingroup\hep at cat@comma at active\hep at affiliation%
-}
-\date{\vspace{-4ex}}
-\let\hep at date@font\relax
-\newcommand{\datefont}[1]{\def\hep at date@font{#1}}
-\predate{\begin{center}\hep at date@font}
-\postdate{\par\end{center}}
-\@ifundefined{abstract}{}{%
- \let\hep at abstract\abstract%
- \renewcommand\abstract{\hep at abstract\noindent\ignorespaces}%
- \if at twocolumn
- \RequirePackage{environ}
- \RequirePackage{abstract}
- \renewcommand{\abstitleskip}{-3ex}
- \NewEnviron{abstract*}{%
- \twocolumn[\maketitle\vspace{-5ex}%
- \begin{onecolabstract}\noindent\BODY\end{onecolabstract}%
- \vspace{.5cm}]\saythanks%
- }%
- \else
- \newenvironment{abstract*}{%
- \maketitle\begin{abstract}%
- }{%
- \end{abstract}%
- }
- \fi
-}
-\let\hep at thanks\thanks
-\AtEndDocument{\let\thanks\hep at thanks}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thanks[2][]{%
- \AfterEndPreamble{%
- \if\relax#1\relax%
- \footnotemark%
- \else%
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\textsuperscript{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}}%
- \protect\refstepcounter{footnote}\protect\label{#1}%
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@arabic\c at footnote}%
- \fi%
- \protected at xdef\@thanks{%
- \@thanks\protect\footnotetext[\the\c at footnote]{#2}%
- }
- \if at twocolumn
- \protected at xdef\@bs at thanks{%
- \@bs at thanks\protect\footnotetext[\the\c at footnote]{#2}%
- }%
- \fi%
- }%
-}
-\fi
-
+\ifhep at title\RequirePackage{hep-title}\fi
+\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}
\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at bibliography}{false}=0\else
-\RequirePackage[style=\hep at bibliography, datamodel=hep-paper]{biblatex}
-\providecommand{\DeclareSortingTemplate}{\DeclareSortingScheme}
-\DeclareSortingTemplate{hep-paper}{
- \sort{\citeorder}
- \sort[final]{\field{sortkey}}
- \sort{\field{sortyear} \field{year} \literal{9999}}
- \sort{\field{month}}
- \sort{\field{eprint} \field{doi}}
- \sort{\field{sorttitle} \field{title}}
- \sort{\field{subtitle} \field{volume}}
-}
-\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{
- sorting=hep-paper,
- safeinputenc,
- giveninits=true,
- maxbibnames=7
-}
-\ifhep at journal\else
- \if at twocolumn
- \AtBeginBibliography{\small}
- \setlength\biblabelsep{\labelsep}
- \fi
+ \RequirePackage[style=\hep at bibliography]{hep-bibliography}
\fi
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{translationof={Original}}
-\NewBibliographyString{erratum,erratums}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{erratum={Erratum},erratums={Errata}}
-\providecommand{\relateddelimerratum}{\addsemicolon\space}
-\DefineBibliographyExtras{british}{\def\finalandcomma{\addcomma}}
-\renewcommand{\subtitlepunct}{\addcolon\addspace}
-\let\hep at printbibliography\printbibliography
-\renewcommand{\printbibliography}{\sloppy\hep at printbibliography}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@one}{\regexp{\A(\p{L}+)?\d+(\p{L}+)?\Z}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@two}{\regexp{\A(\p{L}+)?(\d+)(\p{L}+)?\Z}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@url}{\regexp{\A(ht|f)tp(s)?:\/\/}}
-\newcommand{\reg at exp@pmc}{\regexp{\A(PMC)?}}
-\DeclareSourcemap{%
- \maps[datatype=bibtex, overwrite=true]{%
- \map{%
- \step[fieldsource=Collaboration, final=true]%
- \step[fieldset=collaboration, origfieldval, final=true]
- }%
- \map{%
- \step[fieldsource=reportNumber, final=true]%
- \step[fieldset=reportnumber, origfieldval, final=true]
- }%
- \map[overwrite]{
- \pertype{article}
- \step[fieldsource=volume, match=\reg at exp@one, final]
- \step[fieldsource=volume, match=\reg at exp@two, replace={$2}]
- \step[fieldsource=journal, fieldtarget=journaltitle]
- \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue={\space$1$2}, append=true]
- }
- \map{
- \step[fieldsource=url, final=true]
- \step[fieldset=protocollessurl, origfieldval, final=true]
- \step[fieldsource=protocollessurl, match=\reg at exp@url, replace={}]
- }
- \map{
- \step[fieldsource=pmcid, final=true]
- \step[fieldset=pmc, origfieldval, final=true]
- \step[fieldsource=pmc, match=\reg at exp@pmc, replace={}]
- }
- }%
-}
-\providecommand{\letbibmacro}[2]{\csletcs{abx at macro@#1}{abx at macro@#2}}
-\renewbibmacro*{author/translator+others}{%
- \ifboolexpr{
- test \ifuseauthor and (
- not test {\ifnameundef{author}} or
- not test {\iffieldundef{collaboration}}
- )
- }
- {\usebibmacro{author}}
- {\usebibmacro{translator+others}}
-}
-\letbibmacro{hep at bib@author}{author}
-\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
- \iffieldundef{collaboration}{%
- \usebibmacro{hep at bib@author}}{\textit{\printfield{collaboration}}%
- }%
-}
-\renewbibmacro*{in:}{%
- \iffieldundef{journaltitle}{}{\printtext{\bibstring{in}\intitlepunct}}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{reportnumber}{%
- \edef\commalistbody{\forcsvfield{%
- \egroup\noexpand\item\unexpanded{\bgroup\smaller[.5]\textsc}
- }{reportnumber}}%
- \expandafter\commalist\commalistbody\egroup\endcommalist%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{%
- \mkbibacro{URL}\addcolon\space\online{#1}{\thefield{protocollessurl}}%
-}
-\newcommand{\bib at online}[2]{%
- \ifhyperref{\online{#1}{#2}}{\nolinkurl{#2}}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pmid}{%
- \mkbibacro{PM}\addcolon\space%
- \bib at online{https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/#1}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pmc}{%
- \mkbibacro{PMC}\addcolon\space%
- \bib at online{https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC#1}{#1}%
-}
-\letbibmacro{hep-doi+eprint+url}{doi+eprint+url}
-\renewbibmacro*{doi+eprint+url}{%
- \usebibmacro{hep-doi+eprint+url}
- \iffieldundef{pmc}{%
- \iffieldundef{pmid}{}{\printfield{pmid}\newunit}%
- }{\printfield{pmc}\newunit}
- \iffieldundef{reportnumber}{}{%
- \newunitpunct\textnumero\intitlepunct%
- \printfield{reportnumber}\newunit%
- }%
-}
-
-\NewDocumentCommand{\new at eprint}{smm}{
- \DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:#2}{%
- \newcommand{\@path}{\IfBooleanT{#1}{\thefield{eprintclass}/}##1}%
- #2\addcolon\space\bib at online{#3/\@path}{\@path}%
- }%
-}
-\new at eprint{CTAN}{https://ctan.org/pkg}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:ctan}{eprint:CTAN}
-\new at eprint*{GitHub}{https://github.com}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:github}{eprint:GitHub}
-\new at eprint*{GitLab}{https://gitlab.com}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:gitlab}{eprint:GitLab}
-\new at eprint*{Bitbucket}{https://bitbucket.org}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:bitbucket}{eprint:Bitbucket}
-\new at eprint{Launchpad}{https://launchpad.net}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:launchpad}{eprint:Launchpad}
-\new at eprint{SourceForge}{https://sourceforge.net/projects}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:launchpad}{eprint:SourceForge}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:hepforge}{%
- HEPForge\addcolon\space\bib at online{https://#1/hepforge.org}{#1}%
-}
-\DeclareFieldAlias{eprint:HEPForge}{eprint:hepforge}
-\fi
-
\RequirePackage{hyperref}
\hypersetup{
pdfencoding=auto, psdextra,
@@ -1284,184 +275,8 @@
\let\hep at cite\cite
\renewcommand\cite{\no at break@before\hep at cite}
-\ifnum\pdf at strcmp{\hep at bibliography}{false}=0\else
-\NewBibliographyString{refname}
-\NewBibliographyString{refsname}
-\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{%
- refname = {reference},
- refsname = {references}
-}
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\ccite}{%
- \ifnum\thecitetotal=1
- \bibstring{refname}%
- \else%
- \bibstring{refsname}%
- \fi%
- \addnbspace\bibopenbracket%
- \usebibmacro{cite:init}\usebibmacro{prenote}%
-}{\usebibmacro{citeindex}\usebibmacro{cite:comp}}{}{%
- \usebibmacro{cite:dump}\usebibmacro{postnote}%
- \bibclosebracket%
-}
+\ifhep at glossaries\RequirePackage{hep-acronym}\fi
-\newrobustcmd*{\Ccite}{\bibsentence\ccite}
-\fi
-
-\ifhep at glossaries
-\RequirePackage[nostyles]{glossaries-extra}
-\setabbreviationstyle{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
-\glsenableentrycount
-\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
-\AtEndOfPackage{
- \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{
- \providecommand{\glsxtrusefield}[2]{\@gls at entry@field{#1}{#2}}
- \providecommand{\glsxtrsetfieldifexists}[3]{\glsdoifexists{#1}{#3}}
- \providecommand{\gGlsXtrSetField}[3]{%
- \glsxtrsetfieldifexists{#1}{#2}{%
- \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}{#3}%
- }%
- }
- \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{nohyperfirst}{true}
- \renewcommand*{\glsdonohyperlink}[2]{{%
- \glsxtrprotectlinks\edef\fieldvalue{%
- \glsxtrusefield{\glslabel}{hastarget}%
- }%
- \ifdefstring\fieldvalue{true}{#2}{%
- \gGlsXtrSetField{\glslabel}{hastarget}{true}%
- \glsdohypertarget{#1}{#2}%
- }%
- }}
- }{\providecommand{\pdfstringdefDisableCommands}[1]{}}
-}
-\RequirePackage[excludeor]{everyhook}
-\newcommand{\begin at sentence}{1001}
-\PushPostHook{par}{{\spacefactor=\begin at sentence}}
-\def\frenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.\begin at sentence \sfcode`\?\begin at sentence
- \sfcode`\!\begin at sentence \sfcode`\:\begin at sentence
- \sfcode`\;\@m \sfcode`\,\@m
-}
-\newcommand{\if at begin@of at sentence}[2]{\leavevmode\protecting{%
- \ifboolexpr{ test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{3000}} or%
- test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{2000}} or%
- test {\ifnumcomp{\spacefactor}{=}{\begin at sentence}}%
- }{#1}{#2}%
-}}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\acronym}{somsmo}{
- \newabbreviation[
- type=\acronymtype,
- sort=#3,
- \glsshortpluralkey=\IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}},
- longplural=\IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6}
- ]{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}}{#5}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{%
- \ifglsused{#3}{\cgls{#3}[##1]}{\cGls{#3}[##1]}%
- }{\cgls{#3}[##1]}%
- \ifnum\glsentrycurrcount{#3}>1\relax
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}%
- \else\@\xspace\fi
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2} }%
- }
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \text{\glsxtrshort{#3}}\@gls at increment@currcount{#3}%
- }
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{\cGlspl{#3}[##1]}{\cglspl{#3}[##1]}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}} }%
- }
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \text{\glsxtrshortpl{#3}}\@gls at increment@currcount{#3}%
- }
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\shortacronym}{somsmo}{
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}\IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2} }%
- }
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3\endcsname{%
- \text{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3}{#2}}%
- }
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}} }%
- }
- \expandafter\mathdef\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \text{\IfBooleanTF{#1}{#3}{\IfNoValueTF{#2}{#3s}{#2s}}}%
- }%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\longacronym}{somsmo}{
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{\MakeUppercase#5}{#5}%
- \IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3\endcsname{#5 }}
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname#3s\endcsname[1][]{%
- \if at begin@of at sentence{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{\MakeUppercase#5s}{\MakeUppercase#6}%
- }{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6}}\IfBooleanTF{#4}{}{\@\xspace}##1%
- }
- \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\expandafter\def\csname#3s\endcsname{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#6}{#5s}{#6} }%
- }
-}
-\renewcommand*{\@gls at write@entrycounts}{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\providecommand*{\string\@gls at entry@count}[2]{}
- }%
- \count@=0\relax
- \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
- \glshasattribute{\@glsentry}{entrycount}{%
- \ifglsused{\@glsentry}{%
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \string\@gls at entry@count{\@glsentry}{%
- \glsentrycurrcount{\@glsentry}%
- }
- }%
- }{}\advance\count@ by \@ne
- }{}%
- }%
-}
-\newcommand{\resetacronym}[1]{\protect\glsreset{#1}}
-\newcommand{\dummyacronym}[1]{\protect\glsunset{#1}}
-\@ifundefined{endabstract}{}{%
- \let\end at hep@abstract\endabstract%
- \renewcommand\endabstract{\glsresetall\end at hep@abstract}%
-}
-\let\hep at table@of at contents\tableofcontents
-\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at table@of at contents\glsresetall%
-}
-\let\hep at list@of at figures\listoffigures
-\renewcommand\listoffigures{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at list@of at figures\glsresetall%
-}
-\let\hep at list@of at tables\listoftables
-\renewcommand\listoftables{%
- \glsunsetall\hep at list@of at tables\glsresetall%
-}
-\NewDocumentCommand{\acronyms}{om}{%
- \IfNoValueTF{#1}{
- \newglossary{#2}{#2.in}{#2.out}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{#2}%
- }{
- \newglossary{#1}{#1.in}{#1.out}{#2}%
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{#1}%
- }
-}
-\fi
-
\endinput
%%
%% End of file `hep-paper.sty'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-title.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-title.sty 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hep-paper/hep-title.sty 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hep-title.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hep-paper-implementation.dtx (with options: `title')
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Jan Hajer
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
-%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of
-%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{hep-title}[2021/08/01 v1.8 Title macros for publications in High Energy Physics]
-
-\providecommand{\online}[2]{\ttfamily{#2}}%
-\newcommand{\hep at email}[1]{\online{mailto:#1}{#1}}
-\providecommand\email{\hep at email}
-\AtEndOfPackage{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
- \renewcommand{\online}[2]{\href{#1}{\nolinkurl{#2}}}%
- }{}
-}
-\newif\ifhep at first%
-\newcommand{\hep at multi@ref}[1]{%
- \hep at firsttrue%
- \forcsvlist{%
- \ifhep at first\hep at firstfalse\else\textsuperscript,\fi\ref%
- }{#1}%
-}
-\renewcommand{\email}[2][]{\unskip\thanks[#1]{\hep at email{#2}}}%
-\AtBeginDocument{
- \let\hep at maketitle\maketitle
- \renewcommand\maketitle{\hep at maketitle\let\email\hep at email}
-}
-\let\hep at preprint@font\relax
-\newcommand{\preprintfont}[1]{\def\hep at preprint@font{#1}}
-\preprintfont{\scshape\small}
-\let\hep at preprint\relax
-\newcommand\preprint[1]{\def\hep at preprint{#1}}
-\RequirePackage{varwidth}
-\newcommand{\hep at preprint@box}{%
- \begin{varwidth}{\textwidth}%
- \hep at preprint@font\hep at preprint%
- \end{varwidth}%
-}
-\RequirePackage{calc}
-\RequirePackage{atbegshi}
-\RequirePackage{picture}
-\newcommand{\placepreprint}{%
- \AtBeginShipoutFirst{%
- \put(
- \textwidth+\oddsidemargin-\widthof{\hep at preprint@box},
- -2pt-\topmargin-\heightof{\hep at preprint@box}
- ){\normalfont\hep at preprint@box}
- }
-}
-\newcommand{\preseries}[1]{\def\hep at pre@series{#1}}
-\newcommand{\series}[1]{\def\hep at series{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postseries}[1]{\def\hep at post@series{#1}}
-\let\hep at series@font\relax
-\newcommand{\seriesfont}[1]{\def\hep at series@font{#1}}
-\preseries{\begin{center}\Large\hep at series@font}
-\postseries{\par\end{center}}
-\RequirePackage{titling}
-\setlength{\thanksmarkwidth}{1.5em}
-\renewcommand{\maketitlehooka}{%
- \placepreprint\vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
- \@ifundefined{hep at series}{}{%
- \hep at pre@series\hep at series\hep at post@series%
- }%
- \vspace{-\bigskipamount}%
-}
-\let\hep at title@font\relax
-\newcommand{\titlefont}[1]{\def\hep at title@font{#1}}
-\pretitle{\begin{center}\LARGE\hep at title@font}
-\posttitle{\par\end{center}}
-
-\newcommand{\presubtitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@sub at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\subtitle}[1]{\def\hep at sub@title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postsubtitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@sub at title{#1}}
-
-\let\hep at subtitle@font\relax
-\newcommand{\subtitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at subtitle@font{#1}}
-\presubtitle{\begin{center}\Large\hep at subtitle@font}
-\postsubtitle{\par\end{center}}
-\RequirePackage{authblk}
-\newcounter{editors}
-\newcommand\hep at editorlist{}
-\newcommand\hep at editors{}
-\newcommand\editor[2][]{%
- \ifnewaffil%
- \addtocounter{affil}{1}%
- \edef\AB at thenote{\arabic{affil}}%
- \fi%
- \if\relax#1\relax%
- \def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}%
- \else%
- \def\AB at note{#1}\setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}%
- \fi%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>1\relax%
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c at editors}{\Authsep}%
- \fi%
- \addtocounter{editors}{1}%
- \begingroup%
- \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect \let\and\AB at pand%
- \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\hep at editors}{%
- \def\\{%
- \protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont\protect\AB at resetsep%
- }%
- \xdef\hep at editor{\AB at blk@and#2}%
- \ifnewaffil%
- \gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB at as{}%
- \xdef\hep at editors{\the\@temptokena\AB at blk@and}%
- \else%
- \xdef\hep at editors{\the\@temptokena\AB at as\AB at au@str}%
- \global\let\AB at las\AB at lasx\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authands}%
- \gdef\AB at as{\Authsep}%
- \fi%
- \gdef\AB at au@str{#2}%
- }%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\hep at editorlist}%
- \let\\=\editorcr%
- \xdef\hep at editorlist{%
- \the\@temptokena%
- \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at editors}%
- \protect\Authfont#2%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else%
- \protect\hep at multi@ref{\AB at note}%
- \fi%
- }%
- \endgroup%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>2\relax%
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c at editors}{\Authands}%
- \fi%
- \newaffilfalse%
-}
-\let\hep at editor@font\relax
-\newcommand{\editorfont}[1]{\def\hep at editor@font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preeditor}[1]{\def\hep at pre@editor{#1}}
-\newcommand{\posteditor}[1]{\def\hep at post@editor{#1}}
-\newcommand{\editortitle}[2]{
- \def\hep at editor@title{#1}
- \def\hep at editor@title at pl{#2}
-}
-\newcommand{\editortitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at editor@title at font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preeditortitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@editor at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\posteditortitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@editor at title{#1}}
-\editortitle{Editor}{Editors}
-\editortitlefont{\itshape}
-\preeditortitle{\hep at editor@title at font}
-\posteditortitle{: }
-\preeditor{%
- \begin{center}%
- \large\hep at editor@font\lineskip.5em%
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c}{%
- \hep at pre@editor at title%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>1\relax%
- \hep at editor@title at pl%
- \else%
- \hep at editor@title%
- \fi%
- \hep at post@editor at title%
- }%
-}
-\posteditor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
-\renewcommand{\maketitlehookb}{%
- \@ifundefined{hep at sub@title}{}{%
- \hep at pre@sub at title\hep at sub@title\hep at post@sub at title%
- }%
- \smallskip%
- \ifx\hep at editorlist\AB at empty\else%
- \hep at pre@editor\hep at editorlist\hep at post@editor%
- \fi
-}
-\RequirePackage{xpatch}
-\xpatchcmd{\author}{%
- \protect\Authfont#2\AB at authnote{\AB at note}%
-}{%
- \protect\Authfont#2%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else\unskip\protect\hep at multi@ref{\AB at note}\fi%
-}{}{}
-\let\hep at author@font\relax
-\newcommand{\authorfont}[1]{\def\hep at author@font{#1}}
-\renewcommand\Authfont{\hep at author@font}
-\newcommand{\authortitle}[2]{
- \def\hep at author@title{#1}
- \def\hep at author@title at pl{#2}
-}
-\newcommand{\authortitlefont}[1]{\def\hep at author@title at font{#1}}
-\newcommand{\preauthortitle}[1]{\def\hep at pre@author at title{#1}}
-\newcommand{\postauthortitle}[1]{\def\hep at post@author at title{#1}}
-\authortitle{Author}{Authors}
-\authortitlefont{\itshape}
-\preauthortitle{\hep at author@title at font}
-\postauthortitle{: }
-\preauthor{%
- \begin{center}%
- \large\hep at author@font\lineskip.5em%
- \begin{tabular}[t]{c}{%
- \ifnum\value{editors}>0\relax%
- \hep at pre@author at title%
- \ifnum\value{authors}>1\relax%
- \hep at author@title at pl\else\hep at author@title%
- \fi\hep at post@author at title%
- \fi%
- }%
-}
-\postauthor{\end{tabular}\par\end{center}}
-\newcounter{affiliation}
-\renewcommand{\theaffiliation}{%
- \textsuperscript{\normalfont\alph{affiliation}}%
-}
-\xpatchcmd{\affil}{%
- \AB at affilnote{\AB at note}%
-}{%
- \protect\refstepcounter{affiliation}\protect\label{\AB at note}%
- \if\relax#1\relax\else\protect\ref{\AB at note}\fi%
-}{}{}
-\let\hep at affiliation@font\relax
-\newcommand{\affiliationfont}[1]{\def\hep at affiliation@font{#1}}
-\newif\ifhep at lining\hep at liningtrue
-\ifhep at lining
- \renewcommand{\Affilfont}{\small\hep at affiliation@font}
-\else
- \renewcommand{\Affilfont}{\small\ostyle\hep at affiliation@font}
-\fi
-\newcommand\hep at penalty{\if at twocolumn85\else50\fi}
-\newcommand\hep at active@comma{,\penalty-\hep at penalty\relax}
-\newcommand\hep at cat@comma at active{\catcode`\,\active}
-{\hep at cat@comma at active\gdef,{\hep at active@comma}}
-\newcommand\hep at affil[1]{%
- \endgroup\@flushglue=0pt plus .5\linewidth\affil{#1}%
-}
-\def\hep at affil@opt[#1]#2{%
- \endgroup\@flushglue=0pt plus .5\linewidth\affil[#1]{#2}%
-}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\hep at affiliation{%
- \@ifnextchar[{\hep at affil@opt}{\hep at affil}%
-}
-\newcommand{\affiliation}{%
- \begingroup\hep at cat@comma at active\hep at affiliation%
-}
-\date{\vspace{-4ex}}
-\let\hep at date@font\relax
-\newcommand{\datefont}[1]{\def\hep at date@font{#1}}
-\predate{\begin{center}\hep at date@font}
-\postdate{\par\end{center}}
-\@ifundefined{abstract}{}{%
- \let\hep at abstract\abstract%
- \renewcommand\abstract{\hep at abstract\noindent\ignorespaces}%
- \if at twocolumn
- \RequirePackage{environ}
- \RequirePackage{abstract}
- \renewcommand{\abstitleskip}{-3ex}
- \NewEnviron{abstract*}{%
- \twocolumn[\maketitle\vspace{-5ex}%
- \begin{onecolabstract}\noindent\BODY\end{onecolabstract}%
- \vspace{.5cm}]\saythanks%
- }%
- \else
- \newenvironment{abstract*}{%
- \maketitle\begin{abstract}%
- }{%
- \end{abstract}%
- }
- \fi
-}
-\let\hep at thanks\thanks
-\AtEndDocument{\let\thanks\hep at thanks}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thanks[2][]{%
- \AfterEndPreamble{%
- \if\relax#1\relax%
- \footnotemark%
- \else%
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\textsuperscript{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}}%
- \protect\refstepcounter{footnote}\protect\label{#1}%
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@arabic\c at footnote}%
- \fi%
- \protected at xdef\@thanks{%
- \@thanks\protect\footnotetext[\the\c at footnote]{#2}%
- }
- \if at twocolumn
- \protected at xdef\@bs at thanks{%
- \@bs at thanks\protect\footnotetext[\the\c at footnote]{#2}%
- }%
- \fi%
- }%
-}
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hep-title.sty'.
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc 2021-11-27 21:23:37 UTC (rev 61170)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc 2021-11-27 21:24:29 UTC (rev 61171)
@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@
depend gu
depend helmholtz-ellis-ji-notation
depend hep
+depend hep-paper
depend hepnames
depend hepparticles
depend hepthesis
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.